The Health Fit Biz Level 1 Course is now available HERE.   The post 52 – Hierarchy of Problems to Solve appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

The Health Fit Biz Level 1 Course is now available <a href="http://healthfit.biz/product/level-1-course/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">HERE</a>. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/52-hierarchy-problems-solve/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">52 – Hierarchy of Problems to Solve</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

52 – Hierarchy of Problems to Solve

The Health Fit Biz Level 1 Course is now available HERE.   The post 51 – Stop Trying to be Fancy appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

The Health Fit Biz Level 1 Course is now available <a href="http://healthfit.biz/product/level-1-course/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">HERE</a>. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/51-stop-trying-fancy/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">51 – Stop Trying to be Fancy</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

51 – Stop Trying to be Fancy

50 – Internet Business Tactics

49 – Business Person vs Influencer; The Pros, Cons, & Struggles

The Health Fit Biz Level 1 Course is now available HERE. Get started using coupon code getafterit to save 50%  PODCAST TRANSCRIPT   Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. This is the Health Fit Business podcast.  I turned your mic off. That’s going to show up though because it’ll echo. That’s going to be funny. This is the Health Fit Business podcast. In this episode what we talked about is goals and then systems and how your goal should help you figure out the how’s not the daily quota. So, without further ado, let’s get into it. Anthony: Welcome, welcome, welcome, welcome, welcome! Ryan: To the Health Fit… Anthony: Business.. Ryan and Anthony: Podcast. Anthony: I’m Anthony Gustin. Ryan: And Im Dr. Ryan Debell… Dr. Anthony Gustin!  Anthony: Yeah, kind of. Ryan: Whatever! Anthony: Anyways, this episode is about goals, systems, and goals and systems.  Ryan: Yes and why just having a goal… Having a goal is great but having a goal also does not show you how to get to the goal.  Anthony: Yeah. You need to break that sucker down.  Ryan: And not just for example, let’s say you have this goal of “I want to make a million dollar this year.” Anthony: One million? Ryan: So, I need to make… Oh what is that? $800 something thousand a month?   Anthony: $83,300 Ryan: $800000 a  month! 8, what is it? Anthony: 8-3-333 and 33 cents. Ryan: Oh! Someone’s done this calculation. And then per day, that’s around $23/ $27,000.  Anthony: 28-23. Ryan: Is it 28-23? Okay! Wow! We did not talk about this before before we recorded. Anthony: No, we did not! Ryan: So, rather than… Okay. So, the goal is “I’m going to make million dollars this year.” So, monthly it is whatever and then daily it’s 2333. So, today I have to figure out “How am I going to make $2800 today?” Anthony: You have to think about that every single day. Good luck! Ryan: That is not what the goal should do but that’s where it goes. People are like “Oh! I set this goal so I know that I have figure out how to make $2800 a day.” Anthony: Break that down and then every hour I need to make this much money. Ryan: Yeah! Like every minute. So then it is like, “Well, if I am not making that right now this minute. I am not hitting my goal.” So, there is always this weird sense of pressure. That really does not need to be there. The goal helps you figure out what are the steps, what are the systems, or the processes that need to be in placed to meet that goal not “How do I make sure I make $2800 today?” Like that’s a different, that is a switch in mindsets.  Anthony: So, the way I think about it is have the goal then use the goal to figure out and ask several times why and how and then once you have why and how then build a system around that and then like we talked about in the previous episode, then evaluate that constantly if that is the right system and right how.  Ryan: So, let’s give some practical examples. Anthony: So, example that I will give. Let us say we have a revenue target for Perfect Keto. I wasn’t just going to go sell random amount of units every single day because that was my goal. It just doesn’t work that way. And so, one of the things that we’re investing a lot in is… There’s not a lot of space in the Keto market for consolidated resource for information and that was what bugged me a lot about it is that people just ask a lot of questions  that should be answered in that consolidated space. There’s nothing like that that’s online. The goal was to, for an SEO purpose and for a usability purpose, for people to be able to have a place where people could go online and learn everything that they want to know and make keto is easy, and frictionless and successful for them as possible. So, goals-revenue break that down to “Okay. Hmmm… What is useful?” “Okay, content.” Maybe we should invest in content. If we publish content we can get ranking. Have a usable site. People get value out of it. They find value in information  and then use the products to supplement their ketosis journey. Ryan: So, then your system is like  certain amount of content. Anthony: And so, then, then I say “Oh! Okay. So, that could be… Break this down even more.” What goes on to making content? We  need to come up with an idea. We  need to come up with a blog post. Then, we  need to come up with, some graphics, we post it, and then we need to promote it. What are the every single steps? All the steps that go into actually producing that content  that leads to this exposure, that leads to this people coming to the website, that leads to increase revenue. And this is just one hypothesis. They could have a lot of this different steps running in simultaneous fashion. But then, I say “Okay! All these steps I try it two or three times. Found a system that I thought was really efficient and effective then I had team built around that.” I have now someone who does the generation of the content- keywords and so he says “Hey! We should… People are searching a lot for this… There is not a lot of good information on it.  We should write an article on this.” We have a whole list of those things. And we have content writer, she’s great! She pulls us information. There’s a lot of research on it then creates a content. We have a graphic designer who then creates all the infographics we need for it, all of the featured images and then that goes to another person on the team who then formats it and then puts in online and that goes to another person on the team who then post it.  And so now, there is this system  that three times a week just happens as a playbook like that because that’s the way that we have done it and then as we have gone back and reevaluated  and kind of looked back, it has been a very very very effective way to reach our goal.  Ryan:  So, then you know rather than like “Oh! This one minute and this one hour we did not meet the number of sales we needed.” Anthony: Right! Ryan: “Now, we are not hitting our goal.” That is not what we are trying to do.  Anthony: You don’t break down your goals into manageable chunks. Like you use the goal to ask the question of how and why and then you build a system around that and then spin that up.  Ryan: And then you go “Today… This week we need to make sure that we make three pieces of content.” Anthony: Right. Ryan: Not worrying about like scrambling to figure out how do we sell x amount of units. Anthony: Right and so then I could look every month, my monthly check in and say, “Okay. Content is working but our goal is this and it is producing this much revenue.” You could track all these stuff in google analytics and see what’s coming per month and then I can say “Okay. Instead of three, let’s do four and see if that.” It is just a linear thing where  we do  from three or four, we should do revenue from x to y. Does that work? Or like “Oh! Everything is going great. No need to change that. Let’s move into another thing that could lead to improving this tool.” Ryan: Maybe it is not content, it is something else and then tweak that. Because you know the content is doing what it needs to do. Now, we have a new goal so let us find another avenue to increase revenue. Anthony: Right. This is a good example of also kind of go a bit off tangent here but a lot of people are shocked  when I told them we don’t spend any money on ads. The thing is it is so easy to like “Oh! You spent money on Facebook ads and get customers that way.” We are still figuring out and testing  and refining a  lot of processes around free ways  to improve our brands so affiliate marketing, content marketing. So that’s like the big place we are really investing in a lot of right now. We are still  grading ourselves in how that is going and we are haven’t perfected those things yet. So, I am not going to start spending money on ads until I get these processes and systems really refined and going in the direction that I want.They are going very well but I think they can always be improved so until you kind of plateau on those, I am not going to keep adding things in.  Ryan: Yeah, that is why I think you know it becomes too sporadic. So, this really place in well with our episode on monthly evaluations. If you don’t stick with something for the whole month or multiple months and slightly tweak it everything you do is so random. You go “I try this and I try this and I try this and I try this.” It does seem like anything and it’s really working and it’s like calm down. Anthony: Settle down son. Ryan: Settle down. Give this method, it’s due diligence and then evaluate how you can do it better rather than like “I have to hit these goals so I have to go from all these different places to try to get these done.” It does not have to be that way. If you don’t hit your goal, it doesn’t mean you’re failing, it just means you’re learning.  Anthony: That’s wise. Ryan: Ooohh.. Wow! Where did that come from? Anthony:  Deep. Ryan: Let’s ask Margot to make that into a quote.   Anthony: Margot is a graphic designer who makes these posts for us. She’s a phenomenal person.  Ryan: She is incredible. I wouldn’t be able to do so many things without her. Anthony: No. Ryan: Those skills. So, think about. What is the challenge of the… Are we ready for the Challenge of the Week?  Anthony: Do you have any example? Feel like I have taken…   Ryan:  Yes. I have an example. So, I have been doing this with affiliate marketing. Testing affiliates for some of my digital products and saying “What process works best for affiliates?” And then tweaking that. What is the best way to launch affiliate? What is the best way to partner with affiliates? What is the best way to do that whether in terms of like a bundle or some sort of discount for the affiliates?  Email list. Anthony: Hold on doc. You went straight to affiliate marketing? Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: Was there a goal behind that that led you to think “Hmmm… how can I reach that goal?” and then on the list, affiliate marketing was one of those things. Ryan: Yes, yes. Anthony: So, you didn’t just think of the goal and then break the goal down in manageable chunks like everyone online told you to do. Ryan: No, no, no. I said what I want by the end of the year is 1000 people to be signed up for my online workshops.  Anthony: If you wrote that down it is like “Okay. Today I need 15 people signed up. Manageable chunks of a goal.” Ryan: And then, how do I, I have to go find and scurry around and find 15 people. What I’ve decided was… Alright there’s probably like a lot of ways for me to get a thousand people signed up for my online workshop by the end of the year. I just have to pick one and try it and milk that and then if it doesn’t produce results then I will try something else. Anthony: The great thing about systems is that if you get affiliate marketing down and let’s say that’s even fifty people a month that you have a system on, that you can hand up to somebody else. Ryan: Then I can focus on the next goal. Anthony: Now you go to the next one and then have somebody else.  Ryan: Right. Anthony: And then the next one so like you can break off chunks of your goal not in breaking down your goal but breaking down how and why you can use the specific things to reach that goal and then systemizing it is a way that you can layer it one on top of another so you can actually reach the goal. That’s how you reach goals.  Ryan: If I did like one affiliate launch and for those of you who aren’t familiar with affiliate marketing which may be a lot of people… Shall we explain a little bit about affiliate marketing? Anthony: Yeah!  It’s a win – win – win scenario. Ryan: Yeah. Triple win! Anthony: Yeah. Trip win. Ryan: W… Anthony: So, let’s say someone has an audience. Instagram, email list, or website and then somebody else has a product or a service that they think is valuable and solve a problem, they say to the influencer or affiliate “Hey! I have the solution to your audience’s problem.” So, in your case it’s how to move better. You find people who have audiences like people who like to move. And then they say “Hey! Am partnering up with Movement Fix and we are having a special.” Usually you can share the revenue with the affiliates so that’s a win. You get the revenue and people are learning how to move which is a win for you. Then the person learns a new valuable skill and how how to move so win for them. Ryan: So, that is a win as well.  So, then if there was like let’s say another blogger who had 15 or 20,000 people on their email list and then we do an affiliate launch then a percentage of their following they go “Hey! That is a solution to a problem I have.” They will buy it, they didn’t know who I was before or they weren’t aware of the product or a solution, now they are so that is the triple win. So, I could do that, I could do Facebook marketing, I could do all sorts of other thing but I’m going “I’m going to focus on that and I’m going to evaluate how it’s going. I’m going to learn how to do it better. I’m going to really hone that.”  And then, once it is honed pass that off and then find the next one. Anthony: Yeah. So, in summary it goes –  get a goal, come up with a ton of reasons of how you can reach that goal. Don’t just break it up into daily thing. Say literally “This goal is revenue” whatever. Break it up in to how you can get it done. Then from that, don’t try to do all those things. Pick one, test it out and try to make a system out of it. Not everyone is going to work so that’s failing over and over and over and over again, just scrap that. If it’s something that very easily works, refine that system first before you try other stuff. That’s why we are not doing paid ads because content and affiliate are working or getting better and better and better system. I  can see improvement over time. Ryan: Yeah. If you went to those other ways, you’re going to lose your ability to hone those. Anthony: Until we perfect those systems, we’re doing those things and then we are going to pass that off and have it run completely in the background when it’s the point where it gets to really stable point. And then after that, then we go “Okay. What’s another how we can pick from?”  Let’s go back to the how list and pick something. Break it down, systemize it, practice it, refine it, and then pass it of. There is no other way to reach that goal.  Ryan: I always think like having daily sales goals isn’t really the best way to do it. Anthony: Well, this just comes from the assembly line mentality. It’s like it’s baked into human manufacturing. Ryan: What was yesterday? Saturday? Anthony: I don’t know.  Ryan: Saturday was yesterday! I think for both you and I, online sales freaking sucked.  Anthony: Every Saturday.  Ryan: But it’s because it’s Saturday and Monday. Well, maybe not this Monday because it’s holiday,  but like there are just days that are better. So, if you have these like daily goal, you focus on the wrong thing I think.  Anthony: Daily quota of a manufacturing line says…  Ryan: Right. Anthony: “We need to like produce these much stuff off the line today.” Ryan: Because you may have days where you do really like many many thousands or tens of thousands of dollars and then other days where  it’s half that but it evens out over the month. So, if you’re worried about daily, then you start do things that don’t actually help monthly.  Anthony: Or yearly. Ryan: Or yearly. Like this is the whole problem with current corporations focusing on quarterly profits rather than like longer term things because… Anthony: Nightmare! Ryan: The things that you have to do to scrounge up daily sales quota probably aren’t necessarily the things that are going to make you successful for the year. Anthony: Right. So, to put that into a COW, Challenge of the Week, what I would recommend is look at a goal. You have a longer term goal maybe monthly or yearly, get a list of how’s. How you could potentially achieve that. Pick one or two and stop there and then refine it and create a system around it. Go listen to the other episode that we had one year ago about doing a monthly check in and use that system on top of making a system. And then, work back up and see if that is affecting that goal or not.  Ryan: So… Anthony: That’s get it done. Ryan: That’s get it done? Anthony and Ryan: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End.   The post 48 – Goals and Systems appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

The Health Fit Biz Level 1 Course is now available <a href="http://healthfit.biz/product/level-1-course/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">HERE</a>. Get started using coupon code getafterit to save 50% <h3></h3> <h3>PODCAST TRANSCRIPT</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. This is the Health Fit Business podcast.  I turned your mic off. That’s going to show up though because it’ll echo. That’s going to be funny. This is the Health Fit Business podcast. In this episode what we talked about is goals and then systems and how your goal should help you figure out the how’s not the daily quota. So, without further ado, let’s get into it. Anthony: Welcome, welcome, welcome, welcome, welcome! Ryan: To the Health Fit… Anthony: Business.. Ryan and Anthony: Podcast. Anthony: I’m Anthony Gustin. Ryan: And Im Dr. Ryan Debell… Dr. Anthony Gustin! Anthony: Yeah, kind of. Ryan: Whatever! Anthony: Anyways, this episode is about goals, systems, and goals and systems. Ryan: Yes and why just having a goal… Having a goal is great but having a goal also does not show you how to get to the goal. Anthony: Yeah. You need to break that sucker down. Ryan: And not just for example, let’s say you have this goal of “I want to make a million dollar this year.” Anthony: One million? Ryan: So, I need to make… Oh what is that? $800 something thousand a month?   Anthony: $83,300 Ryan: $800000 a  month! 8, what is it? Anthony: 8-3-333 and 33 cents. Ryan: Oh! Someone’s done this calculation. And then per day, that’s around $23/ $27,000. Anthony: 28-23. Ryan: Is it 28-23? Okay! Wow! We did not talk about this before before we recorded. Anthony: No, we did not! Ryan: So, rather than… Okay. So, the goal is “I’m going to make million dollars this year.” So, monthly it is whatever and then daily it’s 2333. So, today I have to figure out “How am I going to make $2800 today?” Anthony: You have to think about that every single day. Good luck! Ryan: That is not what the goal should do but that’s where it goes. People are like “Oh! I set this goal so I know that I have figure out how to make $2800 a day.” Anthony: Break that down and then every hour I need to make this much money. Ryan: Yeah! Like every minute. So then it is like, “Well, if I am not making that right now this minute. I am not hitting my goal.” So, there is always this weird sense of pressure. That really does not need to be there. The goal helps you figure out what are the steps, what are the systems, or the processes that need to be in placed to meet that goal not “How do I make sure I make $2800 today?” Like that’s a different, that is a switch in mindsets. Anthony: So, the way I think about it is have the goal then use the goal to figure out and ask several times why and how and then once you have why and how then build a system around that and then like we talked about in the previous episode, then evaluate that constantly if that is the right system and right how. Ryan: So, let’s give some practical examples. Anthony: So, example that I will give. Let us say we have a revenue target for Perfect Keto. I wasn’t just going to go sell random amount of units every single day because that was my goal. It just doesn’t work that way. And so, one of the things that we’re investing a lot in is… There’s not a lot of space in the Keto market for consolidated resource for information and that was what bugged me a lot about it is that people just ask a lot of questions  that should be answered in that consolidated space. There’s nothing like that that’s online. The goal was to, for an SEO purpose and for a usability purpose, for people to be able to have a place where people could go online and learn everything that they want to know and make keto is easy, and frictionless and successful for them as possible. So, goals-revenue break that down to “Okay. Hmmm… What is useful?” “Okay, content.” Maybe we should invest in content. If we publish content we can get ranking. Have a usable site. People get value out of it. They find value in information  and then use the products to supplement their ketosis journey. Ryan: So, then your system is like  certain amount of content. Anthony: And so, then, then I say “Oh! Okay. So, that could be… Break this down even more.” What goes on to making content? We  need to come up with an idea. We  need to come up with a blog post. Then, we  need to come up with, some graphics, we post it, and then we need to promote it. What are the every single steps? All the steps that go into actually producing that content  that leads to this exposure, that leads to this people coming to the website, that leads to increase revenue. And this is just one hypothesis. They could have a lot of this different steps running in simultaneous fashion. But then, I say “Okay! All these steps I try it two or three times. Found a system that I thought was really efficient and effective then I had team built around that.” I have now someone who does the generation of the content- keywords and so he says “Hey! We should… People are searching a lot for this… There is not a lot of good information on it.  We should write an article on this.” We have a whole list of those things. And we have content writer, she’s great! She pulls us information. There’s a lot of research on it then creates a content. We have a graphic designer who then creates all the infographics we need for it, all of the featured images and then that goes to another person on the team who then formats it and then puts in online and that goes to another person on the team who then post it.  And so now, there is this system  that three times a week just happens as a playbook like that because that’s the way that we have done it and then as we have gone back and reevaluated  and kind of looked back, it has been a very very very effective way to reach our goal. Ryan:  So, then you know rather than like “Oh! This one minute and this one hour we did not meet the number of sales we needed.” Anthony: Right! Ryan: “Now, we are not hitting our goal.” That is not what we are trying to do. Anthony: You don’t break down your goals into manageable chunks. Like you use the goal to ask the question of how and why and then you build a system around that and then spin that up. Ryan: And then you go “Today… This week we need to make sure that we make three pieces of content.” Anthony: Right. Ryan: Not worrying about like scrambling to figure out how do we sell x amount of units. Anthony: Right and so then I could look every month, my monthly check in and say, “Okay. Content is working but our goal is this and it is producing this much revenue.” You could track all these stuff in google analytics and see what’s coming per month and then I can say “Okay. Instead of three, let’s do four and see if that.” It is just a linear thing where  we do  from three or four, we should do revenue from x to y. Does that work? Or like “Oh! Everything is going great. No need to change that. Let’s move into another thing that could lead to improving this tool.” Ryan: Maybe it is not content, it is something else and then tweak that. Because you know the content is doing what it needs to do. Now, we have a new goal so let us find another avenue to increase revenue. Anthony: Right. This is a good example of also kind of go a bit off tangent here but a lot of people are shocked  when I told them we don’t spend any money on ads. The thing is it is so easy to like “Oh! You spent money on Facebook ads and get customers that way.” We are still figuring out and testing  and refining a  lot of processes around free ways  to improve our brands so affiliate marketing, content marketing. So that’s like the big place we are really investing in a lot of right now. We are still  grading ourselves in how that is going and we are haven’t perfected those things yet. So, I am not going to start spending money on ads until I get these processes and systems really refined and going in the direction that I want.They are going very well but I think they can always be improved so until you kind of plateau on those, I am not going to keep adding things in. Ryan: Yeah, that is why I think you know it becomes too sporadic. So, this really place in well with our episode on monthly evaluations. If you don’t stick with something for the whole month or multiple months and slightly tweak it everything you do is so random. You go “I try this and I try this and I try this and I try this.” It does seem like anything and it’s really working and it’s like calm down. Anthony: Settle down son. Ryan: Settle down. Give this method, it’s due diligence and then evaluate how you can do it better rather than like “I have to hit these goals so I have to go from all these different places to try to get these done.” It does not have to be that way. If you don’t hit your goal, it doesn’t mean you’re failing, it just means you’re learning. Anthony: That’s wise. Ryan: Ooohh.. Wow! Where did that come from? Anthony:  Deep. Ryan: Let’s ask Margot to make that into a quote.   Anthony: Margot is a graphic designer who makes these posts for us. She’s a phenomenal person. Ryan: She is incredible. I wouldn’t be able to do so many things without her. Anthony: No. Ryan: Those skills. So, think about. What is the challenge of the… Are we ready for the Challenge of the Week? Anthony: Do you have any example? Feel like I have taken…   Ryan:  Yes. I have an example. So, I have been doing this with affiliate marketing. Testing affiliates for some of my digital products and saying “What process works best for affiliates?” And then tweaking that. What is the best way to launch affiliate? What is the best way to partner with affiliates? What is the best way to do that whether in terms of like a bundle or some sort of discount for the affiliates?  Email list. Anthony: Hold on doc. You went straight to affiliate marketing? Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: Was there a goal behind that that led you to think “Hmmm… how can I reach that goal?” and then on the list, affiliate marketing was one of those things. Ryan: Yes, yes. Anthony: So, you didn’t just think of the goal and then break the goal down in manageable chunks like everyone online told you to do. Ryan: No, no, no. I said what I want by the end of the year is 1000 people to be signed up for my online workshops. Anthony: If you wrote that down it is like “Okay. Today I need 15 people signed up. Manageable chunks of a goal.” Ryan: And then, how do I, I have to go find and scurry around and find 15 people. What I’ve decided was… Alright there’s probably like a lot of ways for me to get a thousand people signed up for my online workshop by the end of the year. I just have to pick one and try it and milk that and then if it doesn’t produce results then I will try something else. Anthony: The great thing about systems is that if you get affiliate marketing down and let’s say that’s even fifty people a month that you have a system on, that you can hand up to somebody else. Ryan: Then I can focus on the next goal. Anthony: Now you go to the next one and then have somebody else. Ryan: Right. Anthony: And then the next one so like you can break off chunks of your goal not in breaking down your goal but breaking down how and why you can use the specific things to reach that goal and then systemizing it is a way that you can layer it one on top of another so you can actually reach the goal. That’s how you reach goals. Ryan: If I did like one affiliate launch and for those of you who aren’t familiar with affiliate marketing which may be a lot of people… Shall we explain a little bit about affiliate marketing? Anthony: Yeah!  It’s a win – win – win scenario. Ryan: Yeah. Triple win! Anthony: Yeah. Trip win. Ryan: W… Anthony: So, let’s say someone has an audience. Instagram, email list, or website and then somebody else has a product or a service that they think is valuable and solve a problem, they say to the influencer or affiliate “Hey! I have the solution to your audience’s problem.” So, in your case it’s how to move better. You find people who have audiences like people who like to move. And then they say “Hey! Am partnering up with Movement Fix and we are having a special.” Usually you can share the revenue with the affiliates so that’s a win. You get the revenue and people are learning how to move which is a win for you. Then the person learns a new valuable skill and how how to move so win for them. Ryan: So, that is a win as well.  So, then if there was like let’s say another blogger who had 15 or 20,000 people on their email list and then we do an affiliate launch then a percentage of their following they go “Hey! That is a solution to a problem I have.” They will buy it, they didn’t know who I was before or they weren’t aware of the product or a solution, now they are so that is the triple win. So, I could do that, I could do Facebook marketing, I could do all sorts of other thing but I’m going “I’m going to focus on that and I’m going to evaluate how it’s going. I’m going to learn how to do it better. I’m going to really hone that.”  And then, once it is honed pass that off and then find the next one. Anthony: Yeah. So, in summary it goes –  get a goal, come up with a ton of reasons of how you can reach that goal. Don’t just break it up into daily thing. Say literally “This goal is revenue” whatever. Break it up in to how you can get it done. Then from that, don’t try to do all those things. Pick one, test it out and try to make a system out of it. Not everyone is going to work so that’s failing over and over and over and over again, just scrap that. If it’s something that very easily works, refine that system first before you try other stuff. That’s why we are not doing paid ads because content and affiliate are working or getting better and better and better system. I  can see improvement over time. Ryan: Yeah. If you went to those other ways, you’re going to lose your ability to hone those. Anthony: Until we perfect those systems, we’re doing those things and then we are going to pass that off and have it run completely in the background when it’s the point where it gets to really stable point. And then after that, then we go “Okay. What’s another how we can pick from?”  Let’s go back to the how list and pick something. Break it down, systemize it, practice it, refine it, and then pass it of. There is no other way to reach that goal. Ryan: I always think like having daily sales goals isn’t really the best way to do it. Anthony: Well, this just comes from the assembly line mentality. It’s like it’s baked into human manufacturing. Ryan: What was yesterday? Saturday? Anthony: I don’t know. Ryan: Saturday was yesterday! I think for both you and I, online sales freaking sucked. Anthony: Every Saturday. Ryan: But it’s because it’s Saturday and Monday. Well, maybe not this Monday because it’s holiday,  but like there are just days that are better. So, if you have these like daily goal, you focus on the wrong thing I think. Anthony: Daily quota of a manufacturing line says… Ryan: Right. Anthony: “We need to like produce these much stuff off the line today.” Ryan: Because you may have days where you do really like many many thousands or tens of thousands of dollars and then other days where  it’s half that but it evens out over the month. So, if you’re worried about daily, then you start do things that don’t actually help monthly. Anthony: Or yearly. Ryan: Or yearly. Like this is the whole problem with current corporations focusing on quarterly profits rather than like longer term things because… Anthony: Nightmare! Ryan: The things that you have to do to scrounge up daily sales quota probably aren’t necessarily the things that are going to make you successful for the year. Anthony: Right. So, to put that into a COW, Challenge of the Week, what I would recommend is look at a goal. You have a longer term goal maybe monthly or yearly, get a list of how’s. How you could potentially achieve that. Pick one or two and stop there and then refine it and create a system around it. Go listen to the other episode that we had one year ago about doing a monthly check in and use that system on top of making a system. And then, work back up and see if that is affecting that goal or not. Ryan: So… Anthony: That’s get it done. Ryan: That’s get it done? Anthony and Ryan: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/48-goals-systems/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">48 – Goals and Systems</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

48 – Goals and Systems

47 – Health Fit Biz Level 1 Course

This episode Anthony gets a little heated. He feels passionately that mentors are overrated as a concept. Too many people are waiting for the ‘right mentor’ before they just start really going for it and learning from practical experience. Mentors serve a purpose undoubtedly. Their purpose, however, isn’t to tell you exactly what to do, to do work for you, to motivate you, though that is what many people expect them to do. In expecting that, people wait. They wait to find a mentor that will solve all their problems for them. But that isn’t what they will do. You have to stop waiting around for some magical moment that isn’t ever going to happen. The time is now. You can get advice along the way. But relying on a mentor and most expectations of mentors are unrealistic and hence overrated as a concept. Enjoy! Make sure to visit healthfit.biz/slack to join the Health Fit Biz community that is quickly growing. It’s a free resource to bring like minded people together so we can all grow and learn.     PODCAST TRANSCRIPT   Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Anthony: And I’m Dr. Anthony Gustin. Ryan: Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast.  In this episode, there’s a little bit of angry town. Anthony: I spit some fire about how you should stop being a little b*tch. Ryan: (Laughs) In this episode, we talked about why mentors are overrated. Anthony: Get after it that’s why. Ryan: Yeah. And how actions are underrated. You don’t want to miss this one. Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Let’s listen in. Ryan: Welcome back! Anthony:  Welcome! Welcome! Welcome to the Health Fit Business… Ryan &amp; Anthony: Podcast. Anthony: We got some solid *** for you this time. Ryan: In this episode, we want to talk about why mentors are overrated. Anthony: What? Every top ten list I read on entrepreneur.com says that I need a mentor. Ryan: Yeah. So, why are mentors overrated? Anthony: What the hell is a mentor and why are people trying to seek them currently? Ryan: So, mentor would be like, you know, find someone who’s where you want to be, who’s done the things that you want to do and then have them basically tell you what to do and like guide you through the process. Anthony: Me, I need a mentor. Ryan: Now, mentors are overrated in relation to certain things. It is not like you shouldn’t have mentors or have people that you work with or reflect with or help guide you process or ask you probing questions. The problem is people get a mentor and they don’t do anything! Anthony: People think like… Ryan: It’s a magical thing. You get a mentor and suddenly you’ll going to be successful. No! Anthony: Mentors do not create actions. They give you ideas but you have to create the actions. And so that’s why when people think like “Oh! Who’s your mentor?” “Who did all the shit for you?” No! No! No! No! No! No! No! No! It does not work that way. Mentors or other influencers can be good to generate ideas but your real “mentor” is experience doing sh*t. Ryan: The only way you get experience is by doing stuff from learning from it. But this whole idea of like “Wow! I really want to be successful. I need to find a mentor.” Anthony: It’s another excuse to not do things. Ryan: Right. Maybe you need to start doing stuff and making mistakes and learning from it before a mentor really even has a big impact on you. If you need a mentor to tell you very basic things, it’s not very impactful or valuable. But if you’ve already gone through and tried and learned and refined the information that you would get from a mentor, it is incredibly more valuable. Anthony: You know who asked me who my mentor has been consistently? Ryan: Who? Anthony: People who don’t have good habits of getting things done. Ryan: It’s like they want… Anthony: No one who is really good at getting things done has ever asked me who my mentor is. Ryan: Ha! Anthony: This is just kind of a thing like people should be working on systematically creating habits that allow you to take action over and over and over and over again. Get good at that and then use that skill and have a mentor influence maybe if you need still you feel like one. After that, to different directions. My actions in my learning, I still don’t know what the hell I’m doing but I know what’s in front of me and what I need to tackle next and I learn from that and I learn from that and I learn from that. Things are going in the right directions. I don’t need somebody right now to tell me “Oh! Go over here. Go over there!” I’m using the skills I built up for taking actions to get the things done. I don’t need anybody to give me this big picture thing. Ryan: Yeah! How many people are waiting around. “Oh! I just don’t feel like I have the right mentor yet.  I don’t feel like…” Anthony: “I need a mentor like…I need a…” And chiros do a lot of this too. “I need to join because this person is like a  mentor.”   Ryan: Yeah. It’s just like… Anthony: Or you just need money to start a place. Ryan: Right. Anthony: Is that…? Ryan: When you really boil … how many conversations have we had where someone’s like “I want to go work for someone for a couple of years so that I can learn from them. Have them help mentor me… dah dah dah.” It’s like very unlikely that’s a waste. Anthony: How you are going to learn is by just going out there and doing things. This has been a consistent thing that we talked about and maybe 20% of the podcast. You just need to start now and start learning. Ryan: Right. Anthony: And get better at that skill. Ryan: Don’t wait around to find a good mentor before you start doing things like right now because by then you are going to be waiting for a very long time once you do get a mentor, you haven’t done shit. Anthony: And you won’t have the skill and the behavior patterns to just get things done. Ryan: Right. You just been sitting around twiddling your thumb waiting for a mentor like that isn’t what’s it for.  Anthony: My whole idea, like I said, I don’t have. People asked me who my mentor is and I said, “Doing shit, my businesses and experience.” The better I get at the skills that I’m trying to improve and like the habit of just getting things done on a daily basis, the less I feel like I would ever need a mentor. Yeah I have some friends who I consult like “Hey! What do you think about this situation? I’m having a hard time thinking about it.” And then they say that and my behavior and my action taking abilities are what then drive and make that useful. No mentor ever will be useful if you do not have the skill and behavior of getting things done. Ryan: How many prioritize getting a mentor over those other things? Anthony: You need to be just a machine at executing before anybody gives you any advice and you take it. That’s kind of like we’re kind of walk this fine line of this podcast and all the stuff that we are doing. We’re not just trying to… We are giving you actionable things every single podcast. Ryan: COWs. Anthony: To do…Challenge of the Week is like, we want to be inspirational and talk about these things give advice and kind of teach people how to do things.  But you will never ever ever ever have that beautiful information unless you take action on it and unless that becomes a habit. It needs to be a weekly habit as  we are trying to instill in people from doing their action, Challenge of the Week. Get good at that and then you can take advice and run with it and do important things. Ryan: I guess it’s like, how much advice and inspiration do you need before you actually start doing stuff? Before you actually start trying? Anthony: But here’s the conundrum. Ryan: What’s the conundrum? Anthony: The advice becomes sooo critically valuable when you actually have the skill of executing but people think they need that to start executing. Ryan: Yeah. So, like the advice isn’t useful until you have the point where you that actually is useful. Anthony: Right. Ryan:  And, it’s not that useful to get a mentor’s advice to forget how to set up an LLC and open a bank account and get the credit card. Like you don’t need a mentor. You just go to google and type in or talk to an accountant and be like “Hey! I need an LLC set up.” You don’t need a mentor to tell you that. That’s such low level like non-important… Anthony: Business advice is not useful until you execute. So, practice executing. That’s your mentor. Experience and doing things. Ryan: Do you think there ever is a place let’s say who’s more experienced and can offer you those things? I mean, are you saying don’t ever get a mentor, because I know that like you’ve had some people that kind of give you ideas and that you bounce ideas with but you seek them very rarely? And you do a ton of stuff between the times when you talk to them.  Anthony: Yeah. I mean, I don’t think there’s… It’s not like I’m asking them like what to do.  Ryan: You’re getting their perspective. Anthony: Here’s another thing that I think people confused what a true mentor or thought a partner will have. It’s like, you will not just go to them and they say “Hey! You should do x, y and z. ” You will go to them with like a dilemma and get a different perspective. You don’t go to them to ask them what to do. That’s a very weak position to be in. Ryan: That’s what a boss does.  Anthony: Right.  Ryan: That’s what someone that you work for does. They tell you “Do this, do this, do this.” Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: That’s not what a mentor does. Anthony: Yeah. So, mentors are overrated. Ryan: Action is underrated. Mentors are overrated. You need a mentor once you need a mentor and you don’t need a mentor as early as you think.  Are you looking at something? Anthony: … Ryan: No. Your microphone is great. Anthony: So,  I mean, I don’t know what else to say about this one. This might be a sure upset because I feel…  Ryan: Well, let me say a couple of things here.  I do have a couple of people that I share ideas with and who I consider like Erson. He’s been someone who I’ve asked questions not on “Hey! What do you think I should do about…” You know, “How do you think I should do this?” It’s more like someone who can say “Keep going down the path. These are some of the struggles you will run into.” And they are also like sharing their own advice and experience. Anthony: Look ahead. Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: But be aware. Ryan: It’s not like I sit down with Erson and he goes and say“Okay Ryan. Here’s a 7-step plan for you to do.” It’s not what it is. Anthony: Yeah. People want an action plan. That’s living a mentor is. Living a mentor is two things – an action plan and the action itself. You and the experience is the action and the action pla. You should be coming up with that.  Ryan: Right. Get some external perspective  on what you’re doing and get some thoughts from someone who’s kind of outside. That’s what a mentor should really be.  Anthony: It’s all about ownership right. Thinking of mentors the way people asked me about them are the way for people to rationalize lack of ownership. Ryan: Yeah. I mean, who’s running your business? You or your mentor you know.  Anthony: “Oh, well, when I get that mentor I will finally be where I want to go. I am just waiting for that mentor.” No, no no. No, no, no. You are the action and the action plan. Ryan: I also think that what’s undervalued too is like having peers to share ideas with and be thought partners. Like I would say, you and I for example.  Anthony: Right. Ryan: I don’t think I would consider you a mentor vice versa but we share and explore a lot of ideas. And I think people want to find someone who is like 30 years older than them to like tell them what to do.  Anthony: It’s not how it works.  Ryan: I find what we do together extremely valuable even though you are not my “mentor” and I’m not your mentor but we push and drive each other. Constantly challenging. I think there’s another way you can get what you are looking for besides it has to be this way and I need this person.  Anthony: I don’t know if that just comes from apprenticeship days in the past. “I know this craft and I will teach these to people.” But there is the internet now. You can just figure it out on your own instantly.  Ryan: It probably does come from the apprenticeship. That’s the way it has been done. You need to find. You need to be someone’s apprentice and have them teach you and pass the wisdom down. Dude, wisdom and knowledge and information is ubiquitous now. It is just whether or not you are waiting for someone to show you or you are going to go find it.  Anthony: There is also no problem with getting experienced for working for somebody and having them be your boss to tell you what to do. But to expect that a mentor gives you that…  Ryan: And your boss is not your mentor! Anthony: without providing them value?  Ryan: Do you think your boss is your mentor? Anthony: No. Ryan: Yeah.  So, going and working for someone else and thinking that they are going to like teach you and mentor you to be able to do…  They are your boss. They run their business and you are their employee.  Anthony: I just think that word is silly. I don’t like it. Ryan: What? Anthony: Mentor. It is a silly connotation. I just don’t. Ryan: So, sexist? Anthony: Men. Ryan: Men-tor? Why is everything, you know? Anthony: I don’t know. Mentora? Ryan: It could be a female? You see what I’m saying? Anthony: Yeah. Mentor. Ryan: There you go! (laughs) Alright, so what’s the Challenge of the Week Anthony? Anthony: Listen to any one of our other podcasts and actually do the thing that we recommended at the end of it. That’s the challenge.  Ryan: Alright. Get after it! Anthony:  Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time.   End.   The post 46 – Why Mentors Are Overrated appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

This episode Anthony gets a little heated. He feels passionately that mentors are overrated as a concept. Too many people are waiting for the ‘right mentor’ before they just start really going for it and learning from practical experience. Mentors serve a purpose undoubtedly. Their purpose, however, isn’t to tell you exactly what to do, to do work for you, to motivate you, though that is what many people expect them to do. In expecting that, people wait. They wait to find a mentor that will solve all their problems for them. But that isn’t what they will do. You have to stop waiting around for some magical moment that isn’t ever going to happen. The time is now. You can get advice along the way. But relying on a mentor and most expectations of mentors are unrealistic and hence overrated as a concept. Enjoy! Make sure to visit <a href="http://healthfit.biz/slack" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz/slack</a> to join the Health Fit Biz community that is quickly growing. It’s a free resource to bring like minded people together so we can all grow and learn. <h3>PODCAST TRANSCRIPT</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Anthony: And I’m Dr. Anthony Gustin. Ryan: Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast.  In this episode, there’s a little bit of angry town. Anthony: I spit some fire about how you should stop being a little b*tch. Ryan: (Laughs) In this episode, we talked about why mentors are overrated. Anthony: Get after it that’s why. Ryan: Yeah. And how actions are underrated. You don’t want to miss this one. Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Let’s listen in. Ryan: Welcome back! Anthony:  Welcome! Welcome! Welcome to the Health Fit Business… Ryan &amp; Anthony: Podcast. Anthony: We got some solid *** for you this time. Ryan: In this episode, we want to talk about why mentors are overrated. Anthony: What? Every top ten list I read on <a href="http://entrepreneur.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">entrepreneur.com</a> says that I need a mentor. Ryan: Yeah. So, why are mentors overrated? Anthony: What the hell is a mentor and why are people trying to seek them currently? Ryan: So, mentor would be like, you know, find someone who’s where you want to be, who’s done the things that you want to do and then have them basically tell you what to do and like guide you through the process. Anthony: Me, I need a mentor. Ryan: Now, mentors are overrated in relation to certain things. It is not like you shouldn’t have mentors or have people that you work with or reflect with or help guide you process or ask you probing questions. The problem is people get a mentor and they don’t do anything! Anthony: People think like… Ryan: It’s a magical thing. You get a mentor and suddenly you’ll going to be successful. No! Anthony: Mentors do not create actions. They give you ideas but you have to create the actions. And so that’s why when people think like “Oh! Who’s your mentor?” “Who did all the shit for you?” No! No! No! No! No! No! No! No! It does not work that way. Mentors or other influencers can be good to generate ideas but your real “mentor” is experience doing sh*t. Ryan: The only way you get experience is by doing stuff from learning from it. But this whole idea of like “Wow! I really want to be successful. I need to find a mentor.” Anthony: It’s another excuse to not do things. Ryan: Right. Maybe you need to start doing stuff and making mistakes and learning from it before a mentor really even has a big impact on you. If you need a mentor to tell you very basic things, it’s not very impactful or valuable. But if you’ve already gone through and tried and learned and refined the information that you would get from a mentor, it is incredibly more valuable. Anthony: You know who asked me who my mentor has been consistently? Ryan: Who? Anthony: People who don’t have good habits of getting things done. Ryan: It’s like they want… Anthony: No one who is really good at getting things done has ever asked me who my mentor is. Ryan: Ha! Anthony: This is just kind of a thing like people should be working on systematically creating habits that allow you to take action over and over and over and over again. Get good at that and then use that skill and have a mentor influence maybe if you need still you feel like one. After that, to different directions. My actions in my learning, I still don’t know what the hell I’m doing but I know what’s in front of me and what I need to tackle next and I learn from that and I learn from that and I learn from that. Things are going in the right directions. I don’t need somebody right now to tell me “Oh! Go over here. Go over there!” I’m using the skills I built up for taking actions to get the things done. I don’t need anybody to give me this big picture thing. Ryan: Yeah! How many people are waiting around. “Oh! I just don’t feel like I have the right mentor yet.  I don’t feel like…” Anthony: “I need a mentor like…I need a…” And chiros do a lot of this too. “I need to join because this person is like a  mentor.”   Ryan: Yeah. It’s just like… Anthony: Or you just need money to start a place. Ryan: Right. Anthony: Is that…? Ryan: When you really boil … how many conversations have we had where someone’s like “I want to go work for someone for a couple of years so that I can learn from them. Have them help mentor me… dah dah dah.” It’s like very unlikely that’s a waste. Anthony: How you are going to learn is by just going out there and doing things. This has been a consistent thing that we talked about and maybe 20% of the podcast. You just need to start now and start learning. Ryan: Right. Anthony: And get better at that skill. Ryan: Don’t wait around to find a good mentor before you start doing things like right now because by then you are going to be waiting for a very long time once you do get a mentor, you haven’t done shit. Anthony: And you won’t have the skill and the behavior patterns to just get things done. Ryan: Right. You just been sitting around twiddling your thumb waiting for a mentor like that isn’t what’s it for. Anthony: My whole idea, like I said, I don’t have. People asked me who my mentor is and I said, “Doing shit, my businesses and experience.” The better I get at the skills that I’m trying to improve and like the habit of just getting things done on a daily basis, the less I feel like I would ever need a mentor. Yeah I have some friends who I consult like “Hey! What do you think about this situation? I’m having a hard time thinking about it.” And then they say that and my behavior and my action taking abilities are what then drive and make that useful. No mentor ever will be useful if you do not have the skill and behavior of getting things done. Ryan: How many prioritize getting a mentor over those other things? Anthony: You need to be just a machine at executing before anybody gives you any advice and you take it. That’s kind of like we’re kind of walk this fine line of this podcast and all the stuff that we are doing. We’re not just trying to… We are giving you actionable things every single podcast. Ryan: COWs. Anthony: To do…Challenge of the Week is like, we want to be inspirational and talk about these things give advice and kind of teach people how to do things.  But you will never ever ever ever have that beautiful information unless you take action on it and unless that becomes a habit. It needs to be a weekly habit as  we are trying to instill in people from doing their action, Challenge of the Week. Get good at that and then you can take advice and run with it and do important things. Ryan: I guess it’s like, how much advice and inspiration do you need before you actually start doing stuff? Before you actually start trying? Anthony: But here’s the conundrum. Ryan: What’s the conundrum? Anthony: The advice becomes sooo critically valuable when you actually have the skill of executing but people think they need that to start executing. Ryan: Yeah. So, like the advice isn’t useful until you have the point where you that actually is useful. Anthony: Right. Ryan:  And, it’s not that useful to get a mentor’s advice to forget how to set up an LLC and open a bank account and get the credit card. Like you don’t need a mentor. You just go to google and type in or talk to an accountant and be like “Hey! I need an LLC set up.” You don’t need a mentor to tell you that. That’s such low level like non-important… Anthony: Business advice is not useful until you execute. So, practice executing. That’s your mentor. Experience and doing things. Ryan: Do you think there ever is a place let’s say who’s more experienced and can offer you those things? I mean, are you saying don’t ever get a mentor, because I know that like you’ve had some people that kind of give you ideas and that you bounce ideas with but you seek them very rarely? And you do a ton of stuff between the times when you talk to them. Anthony: Yeah. I mean, I don’t think there’s… It’s not like I’m asking them like what to do. Ryan: You’re getting their perspective. Anthony: Here’s another thing that I think people confused what a true mentor or thought a partner will have. It’s like, you will not just go to them and they say “Hey! You should do x, y and z. ” You will go to them with like a dilemma and get a different perspective. You don’t go to them to ask them what to do. That’s a very weak position to be in. Ryan: That’s what a boss does. Anthony: Right. Ryan: That’s what someone that you work for does. They tell you “Do this, do this, do this.” Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: That’s not what a mentor does. Anthony: Yeah. So, mentors are overrated. Ryan: Action is underrated. Mentors are overrated. You need a mentor once you need a mentor and you don’t need a mentor as early as you think.  Are you looking at something? Anthony: … Ryan: No. Your microphone is great. Anthony: So,  I mean, I don’t know what else to say about this one. This might be a sure upset because I feel… Ryan: Well, let me say a couple of things here.  I do have a couple of people that I share ideas with and who I consider like Erson. He’s been someone who I’ve asked questions not on “Hey! What do you think I should do about…” You know, “How do you think I should do this?” It’s more like someone who can say “Keep going down the path. These are some of the struggles you will run into.” And they are also like sharing their own advice and experience. Anthony: Look ahead. Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: But be aware. Ryan: It’s not like I sit down with Erson and he goes and say“Okay Ryan. Here’s a 7-step plan for you to do.” It’s not what it is. Anthony: Yeah. People want an action plan. That’s living a mentor is. Living a mentor is two things – an action plan and the action itself. You and the experience is the action and the action pla. You should be coming up with that. Ryan: Right. Get some external perspective  on what you’re doing and get some thoughts from someone who’s kind of outside. That’s what a mentor should really be. Anthony: It’s all about ownership right. Thinking of mentors the way people asked me about them are the way for people to rationalize lack of ownership. Ryan: Yeah. I mean, who’s running your business? You or your mentor you know. Anthony: “Oh, well, when I get that mentor I will finally be where I want to go. I am just waiting for that mentor.” No, no no. No, no, no. You are the action and the action plan. Ryan: I also think that what’s undervalued too is like having peers to share ideas with and be thought partners. Like I would say, you and I for example. Anthony: Right. Ryan: I don’t think I would consider you a mentor vice versa but we share and explore a lot of ideas. And I think people want to find someone who is like 30 years older than them to like tell them what to do. Anthony: It’s not how it works. Ryan: I find what we do together extremely valuable even though you are not my “mentor” and I’m not your mentor but we push and drive each other. Constantly challenging. I think there’s another way you can get what you are looking for besides it has to be this way and I need this person. Anthony: I don’t know if that just comes from apprenticeship days in the past. “I know this craft and I will teach these to people.” But there is the internet now. You can just figure it out on your own instantly. Ryan: It probably does come from the apprenticeship. That’s the way it has been done. You need to find. You need to be someone’s apprentice and have them teach you and pass the wisdom down. Dude, wisdom and knowledge and information is ubiquitous now. It is just whether or not you are waiting for someone to show you or you are going to go find it. Anthony: There is also no problem with getting experienced for working for somebody and having them be your boss to tell you what to do. But to expect that a mentor gives you that… Ryan: And your boss is not your mentor! Anthony: without providing them value? Ryan: Do you think your boss is your mentor? Anthony: No. Ryan: Yeah.  So, going and working for someone else and thinking that they are going to like teach you and mentor you to be able to do…  They are your boss. They run their business and you are their employee. Anthony: I just think that word is silly. I don’t like it. Ryan: What? Anthony: Mentor. It is a silly connotation. I just don’t. Ryan: So, sexist? Anthony: Men. Ryan: Men-tor? Why is everything, you know? Anthony: I don’t know. Mentora? Ryan: It could be a female? You see what I’m saying? Anthony: Yeah. Mentor. Ryan: There you go! (laughs) Alright, so what’s the Challenge of the Week Anthony? Anthony: Listen to any one of our other podcasts and actually do the thing that we recommended at the end of it. That’s the challenge. Ryan: Alright. Get after it! Anthony:  Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/46-mentors-overrated/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">46 – Why Mentors Are Overrated</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

46 – Why Mentors Are Overrated

We have been trained from a very young age to suck at the way the real world operates. In school, we prepare cyclically for tests. We spend 3 months in a class preparing for a midterm and then a final. After taking those tests and receiving your grade, so long as you pass, there is no self-evaluation of how you could have done better to improve. It’s off to the next class to repeat the 1-off performance measurement. The real world doesn’t work this way. You can try, fail, tweak, try, fail, tweak, try, improve. etc. This goes against how we have been trained for so many years in our life, to prepare for a test we only ever take once. In business, you get to review your ‘score’ and then re-take the test. Essentially everyday. What we find most useful is doing this on a monthly basis. Having metrics that you check in on each month is essentially your ‘test’. Based on the results, you can change course and modify as needed. The mentality in that case is way different. You aren’t thinking how ‘I have to crush it this month or I am a failure’ since reality isn’t a one-off thing.  PODCAST TRANSCRIPT   Ryan: Welcome back once again to the Health Fit Business podcast.  I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. This is episode, I don’t know but that doesn’t matter as much as the content. In this episode, we talked about monthly evaluations and why they are so important for getting to where you want to go and how we have been set up from our time in school to not think and behave this way. So, that’s what you can expect from this episode. That’s enough talking about it. Let’s get into it. Ryan and Anthony: Welcome! Anthony: Welcome! Welcome! Ryan:  To another episode… Anthony:  With my man, at last, in person. We haven’t recorded much in person. This is the Health Fit Business podcast by the way. Ryan: Episode, I don’t know. Thank you, guys, for tuning in, listening. This episode… Well, where are we right now? Anthony: San Francisco baby. Ryan:  We’re in San Francisco. We’re at the headquarters of Dr. Anthony Gustin. Anthony:  Yeah. Ryan: Which is incredible because the last time I was here, you guys were at We Work, right? Anthony: I think we just started there. Ryan:  And now you have this incredible physical office with all your employees Anthony:  Yeah, I feel very… Ryan: It’s beautiful here. You really did a great job. Anthony: Thank you. Ryan:  On this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast, we’re talking about doing monthly evaluations and overcoming the pressure of having to have perfect performance and how that essentially… How we are essentially trained to think and behave that way throughout school growing up. But in reality, in the business world, that is not actually the best way to do it. Anthony:  So essentially, why we usually go towards leaning to stop doing things and how to systematically break through that. Right? Ryan: Yup. So, if we think about like in school throughout our lives until we’re probably for a lot of people, probably a lot of people listening to this podcast, in school until you’re 25. If you go think about elementary, high school, college, and then graduate or even if you know, even just from essentially the age of essentially 4 to 18 through high school, depending on how far you took your education- a vast majority of your life you were trained to prepare for a test, be evaluated on your performance, and then never revisit that test. And move on to different concepts. Let’s say you’re doing a math class, you have a test on this one specific way of doing Math, you take the test and then you move on to that other type of thing. Anthony: Yup! If you take that test and you get an A, it’s like “Great! You did a good job!” If you get a C, then you just have to move on. It’s not like you take it again until you get a B and then an A. Ryan:  Right and then, in business, in life, first of all we are not really giving ourselves tests regularly. The test is sort of like how much money do I have in my bank account, you know, versus like what you’ve been doing monthly self-evaluations or monthly evaluations of the business. Anthony:   Yeah, in personal I think I’ve mentioned a few times in podcast that once a month, I typically head up north and do a little deep dive session where I just bring a book and a do a retreat. Take one to three days just depending on how overwhelmed difficult that time to stop and evaluate the situation for what’s it’s worth. So, reacting to things on a day to day basis will get you caught in this zone where you’re not really asking yourself how things went and where things should go based upon current data.  And so, this monthly retreat is a system for me to evaluate. “Did I get a… what was my grade in the last test? What subject am I testing myself on? What was my last grade? Could I improve? How does that look?  Let’s figure out next month what my outcome on that test was.” Ryan: Every month, you’re essentially retaking a similar test, performance test, and then you are using the previous test results to change course versus in school, it was always this “Well now there is a different test, different topic, different subject,” You never were trained to take the test, learn from it, and then take the test again better. Anthony: Right. And get that feedback, of what did I do wrong? How? What is my hypothesis a and how I can fix it? And then testing that hypothesis and getting results from the test next month. Ryan:  Right. So, it is very unnatural unless you purposely do something that you haven’t done before. Most people haven’t done this so they are like “That seems like a weird thing to do.” Well yeah. That’s a weird thing to do because you never done it in your life. Anthony:  Right, and so, it’s been a process that we’ve been working on for the last year, year and a half, two years of doing this constant reevaluation once a month. You can’t really fit that in in a regular day to day. It doesn’t work. Just like with a midterm and final exam, you’re not going to be taking that every single day. You need to be doing the studying, you need to be doing the learning, executing, and then you go “Okay, what was the result from all of that?” So, that is why I do it about once a month, if I was just reevaluating once a week, it is like taking a test every single day. It doesn’t work. Ryan:  There is not enough time to let course changing take effect. Anthony:  Right. Ryan:   You know? Anthony:  Right. I’m going to come up with templates that would probably share at some point of how I look. So, I have a big yearly thing that I track and so I visit that. So, this is what it looks like where I say “Okay, my goal was x amount of whatever or this grade on this test?” if you want to put it in that language for the whole year. “Do I need to change my course for this yearly?” Ryan:  What about people who are listening and they are like “This is very abstract.” What would be the things that you would go through in a monthly evaluation? Anthony: Right. One of them was I want to meditate two or three times this year and so I track, “Oh okay. Where am I now at my own pace?”  and then I put a marker on that if it’s green, yellow or red. Green means keep doing what I’m doing, don’t change my habit. Don’t change any of my strategies. Yellow means maybe we should look at this and see if it’s just a down month towards something that I should look at and red is just completely off track and we really need to to think about approaching this from a completely different solution. Ryan:  What about in terms of business? Anthony:  Yeah! So, revenue targets, launching x amount of new products, launching new types of products, hiring new people, things like that. Ryan: So, all those will have some metrics of like “We want to have this x amount of revenue. We want to have like launch new products this frequently or have this mini business partners.” and then you are looking at the “Okay. At the end of the month, did we hit those things? If not, why? What can we try to do better for next month? And then re-measure those same things.“ You might find that there’s other things. It’s constantly evolving, isn’t it? Anthony: The general seeking of feedback from your actions on a very regular systematic basis makes it so incredibly effective. Because otherwise, you have this ambiguous yearlong goal. You try to break it up in to daily chunks. Some people like, they work backwards from a goal to make like daily checklist of things they do. They don’t evaluate systematically if that is actually a good way to do it. Let us say I have an exam coming up. Well maybe I should study with study partner instead. Maybe I should do this instead.  Let’s try that out next time and then take the test again. Same thing on a month to month to month basis. Meanwhile, the test is in marketing. I’ve been trying to learn how to market better and so you can measure that with data that you get and you can do this on a personal basis or business basis. But being intentional about how you are approaching the problem and if that approach has been a good solution or ineffective solution. Ryan:  I would say that vast majority of people do not do this level of self-reflection regularly.  There’s some barriers to it. Anthony:  We were talking about, yesterday about, trying to be more aware of our actions and what is more of a reaction than an action. And so, in that sense for me, I literally. I’ll show this to you later if you want to check out but I put in my calendar the first 3 days of every month. And so, this is actually a time, it gave me an alarm yesterday – monthly check-in. And so that way, it is a system that I go into and I don’t have to think about and react to it and be emotional about it. I don’t have to rationalize out of it. It is something that “Oh! It’s on my calendar. This is what I do” and then I’m like “Oh! Sh*t! I really let this go this month or did this.” Like one of the things was… Ryan:  So you are planning the deep thinking and the reflection sessions… Anthony:  Yeah. Way in advance and make it part of my routine and systemize it in a way that I don’t go away from that because if you take away this reaction mentality, like, “Oh! Marketing doesn’t feel like it is going in the direction I want.” It doesn’t matter. It doesn’t matter how you feel. Like, look at the numbers. Look at what you did and the actions you took and then be aware of how you want to change that reactions in the month ahead and having ways of getting around that. There’s another conversation but then that monthly tracking then I make a list after that of “Here’s where I want things to go.  Here’s what’s there now. Here’s the things that I should change and turn in to action plans.” Then I change, I have a daily check list thing where I can see my daily actions where it kind of score based system, like competitive like that. That’s how my brain works. And so, I can like for instance, writing blog post to me was more important to me beginning of the year. It was on my daily thing. I’d put a 1 in the box, if I did it. 0 if I didn’t. And I total all these numbers of different things that I want to do and ended up in a score. Green means I’m getting all the sh*t done that I want to get done. But I reevaluated different priorities now and that column is now gone. Ryan:  So, it’s not like… Anthony:  But I’m trying to remove this automatic reaction process of just like “I know I should be doing stuff like this.” No, that stuff is on my to do list every single day based upon the feedback of where I want to go and what I need to do and how I need to course correct way to do that on a month to month basis. Ryan:  Yeah. You do that month in, month out. The actions you take daily are going to change dramatically. Anthony:  Right. Ryan:  Because you realize these things don’t matter. These are the things do matter I think. Let me test them out. See if those effect in a positive or negative way the metrics that I’m basing my evaluation on business wise.  That’s how I know.  But don’t just guess or have a view based on feel. There are ways to collect the data that will help you make better decisions for your business but it is hard.  You to dedicate time to it. It feels unnatural because we aren’t grown up doing it.  There’s a lot of intention and planning that you have to do when you start to do this. Anthony:  It’s a lot of work. It’s a lot of energy. It’s a lot of… I’ll go one to one to three-day retreats and people who know me that know I do it just think I’m going like f*ck around. Ryan: “Yeah, he’ll go hang out…” Anthony: Yeah. Forget it. It is more mentally exhausting than any day to day is. You have to approach being comfortable with being uncomfortable. Meaning that you are doing things that are counter-productive. Evaluating your own self and saying “Oh shit! I just spent the last 30 days doing something that I should not be doing. It is not a comfortable thing.” Ryan:  People don’t do it because they are like, they are afraid of… Anthony:  Here’s a real strip on your ego would be honest with yourself that you are not making good decisions. You need to improve them constantly. Ryan: Right. If you don’t know, then you can never know that you wasted your own time and then having to reflect and be like “Wow! That wasn’t effective!” Anthony:  Yeah. These weekends are not fun. It’s a lot of work. I try to make it as nice a possible that’s why I go to these certain places that have a really good environment so that way the uncomfortable thoughts I have to have with myself me not doing things correctly and how to fix them is less of a stressor than it would be otherwise. Ryan:  Because you are going somewhere enjoyable. Got it! Yeah! So, we’ve been set up to not do this. We need to really intentionally do it! Anthony:  And we are working on a project right now that actually has a lot of stuff in there. My little sheet where you can include that. This is little bonus things. You can see how I structure it and use it. Ryan: Sometimes soon, hopefully. Anthony: So, I guess Challenge of the Week would be… Ryan:  Yeah. What’s the COW COW? Anthony: Identify something that you’re trying to improve or skills that you are trying to master. Anything where you would normally have a goal in your life and then think systematically. Put it in your calendar for the next couple of months “What was I doing to reach my goal? Was it effective? Was there something that I could be doing better?” Have this self-reflection put in and take the test again. And think about like that. “I’m going to do marketing once and that’s it. I failed. I’m not good at that. Things go out the way I wanted to.” Ryan:  Yeah! You can retake the test man! Anthony:  So, study different way. Ryan: Study different way and approach the test differently and find what’s the most effective method to do really well on the test. Anthony: Right. Ryan:  Alright. Anthony:  So, pick a topic, set right away thing. Ryan: Get after… Anthony. Revisit and get after it. Ryan: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End.   The post 45 – How School Fails Us for Real World Performance appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

We have been trained from a very young age to suck at the way the real world operates. In school, we prepare cyclically for tests. We spend 3 months in a class preparing for a midterm and then a final. After taking those tests and receiving your grade, so long as you pass, there is no self-evaluation of how you could have done better to improve. It’s off to the next class to repeat the 1-off performance measurement. The real world doesn’t work this way. You can try, fail, tweak, try, fail, tweak, try, improve. etc. This goes against how we have been trained for so many years in our life, to prepare for a test we only ever take once. In business, you get to review your ‘score’ and then re-take the test. Essentially everyday. What we find most useful is doing this on a monthly basis. Having metrics that you check in on each month is essentially your ‘test’. Based on the results, you can change course and modify as needed. The mentality in that case is way different. You aren’t thinking how ‘I have to crush it this month or I am a failure’ since reality isn’t a one-off thing. <h3></h3> <h3>PODCAST TRANSCRIPT</h3> Ryan: Welcome back once again to the Health Fit Business podcast.  I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. This is episode, I don’t know but that doesn’t matter as much as the content. In this episode, we talked about monthly evaluations and why they are so important for getting to where you want to go and how we have been set up from our time in school to not think and behave this way. So, that’s what you can expect from this episode. That’s enough talking about it. Let’s get into it. Ryan and Anthony: Welcome! Anthony: Welcome! Welcome! Ryan:  To another episode… Anthony:  With my man, at last, in person. We haven’t recorded much in person. This is the Health Fit Business podcast by the way. Ryan: Episode, I don’t know. Thank you, guys, for tuning in, listening. This episode… Well, where are we right now? Anthony: San Francisco baby. Ryan:  We’re in San Francisco. We’re at the headquarters of Dr. Anthony Gustin. Anthony:  Yeah. Ryan: Which is incredible because the last time I was here, you guys were at We Work, right? Anthony: I think we just started there. Ryan:  And now you have this incredible physical office with all your employees Anthony:  Yeah, I feel very… Ryan: It’s beautiful here. You really did a great job. Anthony: Thank you. Ryan:  On this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast, we’re talking about doing monthly evaluations and overcoming the pressure of having to have perfect performance and how that essentially… How we are essentially trained to think and behave that way throughout school growing up. But in reality, in the business world, that is not actually the best way to do it. Anthony:  So essentially, why we usually go towards leaning to stop doing things and how to systematically break through that. Right? Ryan: Yup. So, if we think about like in school throughout our lives until we’re probably for a lot of people, probably a lot of people listening to this podcast, in school until you’re 25. If you go think about elementary, high school, college, and then graduate or even if you know, even just from essentially the age of essentially 4 to 18 through high school, depending on how far you took your education- a vast majority of your life you were trained to prepare for a test, be evaluated on your performance, and then never revisit that test. And move on to different concepts. Let’s say you’re doing a math class, you have a test on this one specific way of doing Math, you take the test and then you move on to that other type of thing. Anthony: Yup! If you take that test and you get an A, it’s like “Great! You did a good job!” If you get a C, then you just have to move on. It’s not like you take it again until you get a B and then an A. Ryan:  Right and then, in business, in life, first of all we are not really giving ourselves tests regularly. The test is sort of like how much money do I have in my bank account, you know, versus like what you’ve been doing monthly self-evaluations or monthly evaluations of the business. Anthony:   Yeah, in personal I think I’ve mentioned a few times in podcast that once a month, I typically head up north and do a little deep dive session where I just bring a book and a do a retreat. Take one to three days just depending on how overwhelmed difficult that time to stop and evaluate the situation for what’s it’s worth. So, reacting to things on a day to day basis will get you caught in this zone where you’re not really asking yourself how things went and where things should go based upon current data.  And so, this monthly retreat is a system for me to evaluate. “Did I get a… what was my grade in the last test? What subject am I testing myself on? What was my last grade? Could I improve? How does that look?  Let’s figure out next month what my outcome on that test was.” Ryan: Every month, you’re essentially retaking a similar test, performance test, and then you are using the previous test results to change course versus in school, it was always this “Well now there is a different test, different topic, different subject,” You never were trained to take the test, learn from it, and then take the test again better. Anthony: Right. And get that feedback, of what did I do wrong? How? What is my hypothesis a and how I can fix it? And then testing that hypothesis and getting results from the test next month. Ryan:  Right. So, it is very unnatural unless you purposely do something that you haven’t done before. Most people haven’t done this so they are like “That seems like a weird thing to do.” Well yeah. That’s a weird thing to do because you never done it in your life. Anthony:  Right, and so, it’s been a process that we’ve been working on for the last year, year and a half, two years of doing this constant reevaluation once a month. You can’t really fit that in in a regular day to day. It doesn’t work. Just like with a midterm and final exam, you’re not going to be taking that every single day. You need to be doing the studying, you need to be doing the learning, executing, and then you go “Okay, what was the result from all of that?” So, that is why I do it about once a month, if I was just reevaluating once a week, it is like taking a test every single day. It doesn’t work. Ryan:  There is not enough time to let course changing take effect. Anthony:  Right. Ryan:   You know? Anthony:  Right. I’m going to come up with templates that would probably share at some point of how I look. So, I have a big yearly thing that I track and so I visit that. So, this is what it looks like where I say “Okay, my goal was x amount of whatever or this grade on this test?” if you want to put it in that language for the whole year. “Do I need to change my course for this yearly?” Ryan:  What about people who are listening and they are like “This is very abstract.” What would be the things that you would go through in a monthly evaluation? Anthony: Right. One of them was I want to meditate two or three times this year and so I track, “Oh okay. Where am I now at my own pace?”  and then I put a marker on that if it’s green, yellow or red. Green means keep doing what I’m doing, don’t change my habit. Don’t change any of my strategies. Yellow means maybe we should look at this and see if it’s just a down month towards something that I should look at and red is just completely off track and we really need to to think about approaching this from a completely different solution. Ryan:  What about in terms of business? Anthony:  Yeah! So, revenue targets, launching x amount of new products, launching new types of products, hiring new people, things like that. Ryan: So, all those will have some metrics of like “We want to have this x amount of revenue. We want to have like launch new products this frequently or have this mini business partners.” and then you are looking at the “Okay. At the end of the month, did we hit those things? If not, why? What can we try to do better for next month? And then re-measure those same things.“ You might find that there’s other things. It’s constantly evolving, isn’t it? Anthony: The general seeking of feedback from your actions on a very regular systematic basis makes it so incredibly effective. Because otherwise, you have this ambiguous yearlong goal. You try to break it up in to daily chunks. Some people like, they work backwards from a goal to make like daily checklist of things they do. They don’t evaluate systematically if that is actually a good way to do it. Let us say I have an exam coming up. Well maybe I should study with study partner instead. Maybe I should do this instead.  Let’s try that out next time and then take the test again. Same thing on a month to month to month basis. Meanwhile, the test is in marketing. I’ve been trying to learn how to market better and so you can measure that with data that you get and you can do this on a personal basis or business basis. But being intentional about how you are approaching the problem and if that approach has been a good solution or ineffective solution. Ryan:  I would say that vast majority of people do not do this level of self-reflection regularly.  There’s some barriers to it. Anthony:  We were talking about, yesterday about, trying to be more aware of our actions and what is more of a reaction than an action. And so, in that sense for me, I literally. I’ll show this to you later if you want to check out but I put in my calendar the first 3 days of every month. And so, this is actually a time, it gave me an alarm yesterday – monthly check-in. And so that way, it is a system that I go into and I don’t have to think about and react to it and be emotional about it. I don’t have to rationalize out of it. It is something that “Oh! It’s on my calendar. This is what I do” and then I’m like “Oh! Sh*t! I really let this go this month or did this.” Like one of the things was… Ryan:  So you are planning the deep thinking and the reflection sessions… Anthony:  Yeah. Way in advance and make it part of my routine and systemize it in a way that I don’t go away from that because if you take away this reaction mentality, like, “Oh! Marketing doesn’t feel like it is going in the direction I want.” It doesn’t matter. It doesn’t matter how you feel. Like, look at the numbers. Look at what you did and the actions you took and then be aware of how you want to change that reactions in the month ahead and having ways of getting around that. There’s another conversation but then that monthly tracking then I make a list after that of “Here’s where I want things to go.  Here’s what’s there now. Here’s the things that I should change and turn in to action plans.” Then I change, I have a daily check list thing where I can see my daily actions where it kind of score based system, like competitive like that. That’s how my brain works. And so, I can like for instance, writing blog post to me was more important to me beginning of the year. It was on my daily thing. I’d put a 1 in the box, if I did it. 0 if I didn’t. And I total all these numbers of different things that I want to do and ended up in a score. Green means I’m getting all the sh*t done that I want to get done. But I reevaluated different priorities now and that column is now gone. Ryan:  So, it’s not like… Anthony:  But I’m trying to remove this automatic reaction process of just like “I know I should be doing stuff like this.” No, that stuff is on my to do list every single day based upon the feedback of where I want to go and what I need to do and how I need to course correct way to do that on a month to month basis. Ryan:  Yeah. You do that month in, month out. The actions you take daily are going to change dramatically. Anthony:  Right. Ryan:  Because you realize these things don’t matter. These are the things do matter I think. Let me test them out. See if those effect in a positive or negative way the metrics that I’m basing my evaluation on business wise.  That’s how I know.  But don’t just guess or have a view based on feel. There are ways to collect the data that will help you make better decisions for your business but it is hard.  You to dedicate time to it. It feels unnatural because we aren’t grown up doing it.  There’s a lot of intention and planning that you have to do when you start to do this. Anthony:  It’s a lot of work. It’s a lot of energy. It’s a lot of… I’ll go one to one to three-day retreats and people who know me that know I do it just think I’m going like f*ck around. Ryan: “Yeah, he’ll go hang out…” Anthony: Yeah. Forget it. It is more mentally exhausting than any day to day is. You have to approach being comfortable with being uncomfortable. Meaning that you are doing things that are counter-productive. Evaluating your own self and saying “Oh shit! I just spent the last 30 days doing something that I should not be doing. It is not a comfortable thing.” Ryan:  People don’t do it because they are like, they are afraid of… Anthony:  Here’s a real strip on your ego would be honest with yourself that you are not making good decisions. You need to improve them constantly. Ryan: Right. If you don’t know, then you can never know that you wasted your own time and then having to reflect and be like “Wow! That wasn’t effective!” Anthony:  Yeah. These weekends are not fun. It’s a lot of work. I try to make it as nice a possible that’s why I go to these certain places that have a really good environment so that way the uncomfortable thoughts I have to have with myself me not doing things correctly and how to fix them is less of a stressor than it would be otherwise. Ryan:  Because you are going somewhere enjoyable. Got it! Yeah! So, we’ve been set up to not do this. We need to really intentionally do it! Anthony:  And we are working on a project right now that actually has a lot of stuff in there. My little sheet where you can include that. This is little bonus things. You can see how I structure it and use it. Ryan: Sometimes soon, hopefully. Anthony: So, I guess Challenge of the Week would be… Ryan:  Yeah. What’s the COW COW? Anthony: Identify something that you’re trying to improve or skills that you are trying to master. Anything where you would normally have a goal in your life and then think systematically. Put it in your calendar for the next couple of months “What was I doing to reach my goal? Was it effective? Was there something that I could be doing better?” Have this self-reflection put in and take the test again. And think about like that. “I’m going to do marketing once and that’s it. I failed. I’m not good at that. Things go out the way I wanted to.” Ryan:  Yeah! You can retake the test man! Anthony:  So, study different way. Ryan: Study different way and approach the test differently and find what’s the most effective method to do really well on the test. Anthony: Right. Ryan:  Alright. Anthony:  So, pick a topic, set right away thing. Ryan: Get after… Anthony. Revisit and get after it. Ryan: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/45-school-fails-us-real-world-performance/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">45 – How School Fails Us for Real World Performance</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

45 – How School Fails Us for Real World Performance

44 – Why You Don’t Need to be Internet Famous Before Starting an Online Business

How do I Even Start?     PODCAST TRANSCRIPT Ryan: Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast.  I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. This is episode… I’ve no idea but it’ll say on iTunes. In this episode, Anthony and I  recorded it at the airport in Minneapolis after spending the weekend in Minneapolis. I was doing a Movement Fix workshop and then we spoke at a chiropractic school for Health Fit Business on business automation and digital marketing. Things like that. Anyways in this episode, it’s based on a lot of questions we got from the students we were speaking with at the school in Minneapolis and one of the big ideas was how do I know what I should be doing right now without really knowing what the bigger picture looks like? That’s what we really get into along with some other tangents. Of course, in this episode and if you do not already have your copy of the Daily Domination Journal, go to healthfit.biz/journal and pick yours up today, alright? Let’s get into it.  Ryan: Dr.  Anthony Gustin! Anthony: Dr. Anthony Gustin. Welcome again to another episode of  I guess with me this… Ryan: Oh my gosh! Your co-host guest.  Where are we right now? Anthony: We are at the Escape Lounge. Ryan: In Minneapolis. We just…  Anthony: MSP Ryan: spent a few days together. I was in Chicago doing Movement Fix workshop and in Minneapolis doing one and then we did a special talk in Northwestern Health Sciences University for the chiro students there- Sunday night Anthony: We did some deep work yesterday. Ryan: We did some deep deep work yesterday. On this episode, what we’re going to talk about is something that came up quite a bit during our talk at the school. A lot of the student that were there asking questions along similar lines. I think that one of the themes that were common was “How do I know where to start?” You know there is so much out there to do. There is so much, so many choices. “Do I read these books?” “Do I develop certain skill set?” “How do I know?” We did not directly answer this. Anthony: There was a, kind of a realization a lot of us that we initially tried to talk about and why we have this podcast in this whole Health Fit Biz platform is to motivate people to be doing things bigger than what they are expected and to scale up and have more impact  and do things that they really want to do. This is a big thing that recurring theme also. I feel like I can do more than just  seeing people on  a day to day basis as a chiropractor like me being a technician. I think it is a suffocating feeling not knowing exactly  how to peel away from what is expected of you and how to start doing more things. “How do I get started?” was the biggest thing.  Ryan: So, what was your answer when somebody asked you that?  Anthony: The answer was, you know… Ryan: The best thing you do right now is anything.  Anthony: I said anything and now.  Ryan: Like tonight.  Anthony: And so I challenged a few people invested in to take action that night.  Ryan: Immediately Anthony: And there was this Serbian lad who had a business idea. I said “You should have a prototype by the end of this week.” Ryan: Yeah. People are not used to being challenged that way. Start doing it and get a lot of progress done quickly.   Anthony: When to start and how to start.  So when to start is… Ryan:  Right now. Anthony: Yeah. When you show up this podcast, you started.   Ryan:  I don’t think you know what to do until you start doing. Anthony: You needed just to think of “Where do I want to go?” “What could that possibly lead to?” And then start hacking away.  Ryan: Versus like and something I used to do a lot was “Oh! I really have to examine. I really have to make the correct first step.” You don’t know. There is no way to know that until you start just taking blind steps and then you learned from those and then you make better steps and that takes you down to rabbit holes. I really didn’t realize I need to learn and get better at this particular thing. There is no way you could have known that before you started. So, literally the best way to know what to do is to start doing anything.  Anthony:And so, a good example of this. Last night we always have this crazy business ideas and one of them was I think what it need to be in existence is better testing and diagnostics to provide and prevent disease  and so we were trying think about his and we came to conclusion “Well I guess we need to learn more about biochemistry.” Ryan: Yeah! Because… Let’s talk a little bit more about that testing process and how we kind of thought to figure out what’s the next step was and then who knows we’ll just start doing that and then that will take us down the path that we needed to go. Anthony: Right. And so, if we want to have better testing… So, the way I think about lab testing currently is it’s kind of a response to management of conditions and diagnostic conditions after there are already a problem and not preventing and having a system in place to stop diseases in their tracks. And so,what would need to exist if that was the case? Okay. We would need a lot of data. How do we get that data? Maybe a wearable. Okay. How then will we track stuffs? We don’t really know. What part of biometric markers that will we need to track? Ryan: So we need to learn more about the biometrics and the biochemistry. Yeah. Yeah.  Podcasting over here.  We need to figure out the biochemistry that would be required  to know the answer and we don’t really necessarily know what that is until you start measuring and testing and figuring out.  Anthony: And so, the conclusion was I guess do this we learn about biochemistry. Elon Musk does the same thing. He says  “For humans to continue being humans, we need to become interplanetary.” Therefore, people on mars, we need the rackets to get to Mars.  Okay. How do you build a rocket?  Ryan: Better go read rocket books and talk to engineers in different fields. Our field being health, we go, instead  of the current wave to fighting a disease based on this one large  blood marker which we say “Okay once it’s above this you have a disease and if below that, then you don’t.”  Like you were saying last night.  Anthony: Simply broken. Ryan: You… It’s not like one minute you have the diseases and the next one you don’t. There is obviously some sort of… The question will be “What numbers do I need to know that tells me when I’m headed in that direction?” We have to obviously, that reveal what we needed to  learn more about. We’ll go learn more about that and we’ll see where that takes us until we exploit that, we won’t know what to do.  Anthony: Right and this is as simple as I want to educate more people about swimming and taking care of their shoulders when they are swimming. Ryan: And then you find the most limiting thing , you start doing this and you just learn about that and you find new limitations and then learn about that. But to think  going to be in foresight this step, this step, this step it’s not real.   Anthony: Okay. “How will I do that?” You just make a list. “Oh! I could post on Facebook. I could write a blog. I could do Instagram. I could do a Youtube video. ” “What’s the best? Maybe an Instagram post. What do I need to get that done? I need to make an account and then use my cellphone to videotape me saying something.” That’s how you get started. You break it down and break it down and break it down until the most digestible chunk that you can handle. So for us, breaking it down “Oh! We need to learn more biochemistry if we want to go this route.” “We need to learn more about biometrics.” That’s a route that we would need to go to from the path and the same thing if you want to educate people about swimming and shoulder, you need to break it down to digestible  chunk and then just start doing it and then going  back the way at it.” Ryan: So, maybe people are thinking right now Anthony like, “That sounds great, that sounds cool! I don’t even know what’s that thing that I’m trying to solve.” You know what I mean? Anthony: No. Ryan: That’s all a different kind of worms isnt it?  Anthony: Yeah. One since asked that. What was my question?  Ryan: You said “What is success? What does it look like 5 or 10 years when you are successful? “ Anthony: Yeah.  Ryan: So… Anthony: “Oh! I don’t know uh… ” Ryan: It’s a hard question.  Anthony: Successful. What does success looks like to you?  Ryan: Yeah. How do you actually define that and until you define that  that’s how you start going down this path.  Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: Maybe that’s the next step. We’ll talk more about that and how to think like that. But you gotta start taking actions on what seems like the first limiting steps whether that is a technical skill or knowledge skill action. Like just getting something done.  Anthony: There is a lot of comment stuff when we were last night, two nights ago. Remember both of our accounts started at zero followers.  Ryan: Like Instagram account, Youtube, email. Anthony: This podcast started at zero now it is at 17.  You have to start somewhere.  Ryan: People know that is not true because there is more than 17 people in this slack channel I think.  Anthony: Ousted! Ryan: 20! Anthony: So, oh yeah! Go to healthfit.biz/slack it if you haven’t signed up yet. A whole community there. Ryan: Growing everyday and becoming more active and helpful for everybody everyday.  Anthony: But starting and staying consistent is how you get to where you want to be  Ryan: And if you are waiting around to try to figure it out , that is not consistency, it is consistently thinking instead of doing stuff, and you have to consistently do things. It is not always going to be right. It’s not always going to be in retrospect the best thing but you have to go down the path to get there, and even if you have a few missteps, that’s how you go down the path, better. Anthony: Correct. So, it is all about taking actions immediately and staying consistent with doing whatever you want to do.  That is the secret sauce. We’ve done that for four and a half years, we have all these things that are finally starting to tip and bubble up to what we want in the beginning. It wasn’t just that  we flipped the switch and had all these contents, all these resources and all these products. It’s like when we started when we did right out of school.  Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: We just hammered it right away last four and a half years. Now we’re where we are at.  Ryan: It is a journey. You don’t necessarily, like  a year ago, you didn’t know where you would be what you will be trying to accomplish now. It is always funny when Facebook sends you that thing and it’s like three years ago here’s the memory. And I would look back and then I go “Man! How different was I thinking and my mindset!” But if I was not constantly trying to take action and do things  day in, day out, it essentially be the same. Anthony: Right.  Ryan:  And you look back, well I’m kind of doing the same thing I was doing three years ago. And for some people, that is great. But for other people it is horrible to look back and think that you are the same three years ago. Anthony: I hope that in three years, I am doing not even close to what I am doing right now.  Ryan: And the only way to know or to make that happen is consistently taking actions, sometimes  it is spot on. Sometimes it is way off!  Anthony: So, you just got to start pulling the thread. You got to tag on it,  Ryan: See how it unravels.  So, what is the Challenge of the Week? What’s the COW? Anthony: The challenge is to start doing something that you have been putting off today. Shut up this podcast and go do it. Whether that’d be reading article, posting something and making Instagram account, just start and think about how you can do that consistently. Ryan: Yeah. Start doing something  differently or you don’t have to add… It’s not something you are already doing, it is actually doing something you are currently doing.  Break your, get out of your lane. Anthony: Start now.  Ryan: Start now, Challenge of the Week.  Anthony:  COW Anthony and Ryan: Get after it! Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post 43 – How Do I Even Start? appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h3>How do I Even Start?</h3> <h3>PODCAST TRANSCRIPT</h3> Ryan: Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast.  I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. This is episode… I’ve no idea but it’ll say on iTunes. In this episode, Anthony and I  recorded it at the airport in Minneapolis after spending the weekend in Minneapolis. I was doing a Movement Fix workshop and then we spoke at a chiropractic school for Health Fit Business on business automation and digital marketing. Things like that. Anyways in this episode, it’s based on a lot of questions we got from the students we were speaking with at the school in Minneapolis and one of the big ideas was how do I know what I should be doing right now without really knowing what the bigger picture looks like? That’s what we really get into along with some other tangents. Of course, in this episode and if you do not already have your copy of the Daily Domination Journal, go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz/journal" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz/journal</a> and pick yours up today, alright? Let’s get into it. Ryan: Dr.  Anthony Gustin! Anthony: Dr. Anthony Gustin. Welcome again to another episode of  I guess with me this… Ryan: Oh my gosh! Your co-host guest.  Where are we right now? Anthony: We are at the Escape Lounge. Ryan: In Minneapolis. We just… Anthony: MSP Ryan: spent a few days together. I was in Chicago doing Movement Fix workshop and in Minneapolis doing one and then we did a special talk in Northwestern Health Sciences University for the chiro students there- Sunday night Anthony: We did some deep work yesterday. Ryan: We did some deep deep work yesterday. On this episode, what we’re going to talk about is something that came up quite a bit during our talk at the school. A lot of the student that were there asking questions along similar lines. I think that one of the themes that were common was “How do I know where to start?” You know there is so much out there to do. There is so much, so many choices. “Do I read these books?” “Do I develop certain skill set?” “How do I know?” We did not directly answer this. Anthony: There was a, kind of a realization a lot of us that we initially tried to talk about and why we have this podcast in this whole Health Fit Biz platform is to motivate people to be doing things bigger than what they are expected and to scale up and have more impact  and do things that they really want to do. This is a big thing that recurring theme also. I feel like I can do more than just  seeing people on  a day to day basis as a chiropractor like me being a technician. I think it is a suffocating feeling not knowing exactly  how to peel away from what is expected of you and how to start doing more things. “How do I get started?” was the biggest thing. Ryan: So, what was your answer when somebody asked you that? Anthony: The answer was, you know… Ryan: The best thing you do right now is anything. Anthony: I said anything and now. Ryan: Like tonight. Anthony: And so I challenged a few people invested in to take action that night. Ryan: Immediately Anthony: And there was this Serbian lad who had a business idea. I said “You should have a prototype by the end of this week.” Ryan: Yeah. People are not used to being challenged that way. Start doing it and get a lot of progress done quickly.   Anthony: When to start and how to start.  So when to start is… Ryan:  Right now. Anthony: Yeah. When you show up this podcast, you started.   Ryan:  I don’t think you know what to do until you start doing. Anthony: You needed just to think of “Where do I want to go?” “What could that possibly lead to?” And then start hacking away. Ryan: Versus like and something I used to do a lot was “Oh! I really have to examine. I really have to make the correct first step.” You don’t know. There is no way to know that until you start just taking blind steps and then you learned from those and then you make better steps and that takes you down to rabbit holes. I really didn’t realize I need to learn and get better at this particular thing. There is no way you could have known that before you started. So, literally the best way to know what to do is to start doing anything. Anthony:And so, a good example of this. Last night we always have this crazy business ideas and one of them was I think what it need to be in existence is better testing and diagnostics to provide and prevent disease  and so we were trying think about his and we came to conclusion “Well I guess we need to learn more about biochemistry.” Ryan: Yeah! Because… Let’s talk a little bit more about that testing process and how we kind of thought to figure out what’s the next step was and then who knows we’ll just start doing that and then that will take us down the path that we needed to go. Anthony: Right. And so, if we want to have better testing… So, the way I think about lab testing currently is it’s kind of a response to management of conditions and diagnostic conditions after there are already a problem and not preventing and having a system in place to stop diseases in their tracks. And so,what would need to exist if that was the case? Okay. We would need a lot of data. How do we get that data? Maybe a wearable. Okay. How then will we track stuffs? We don’t really know. What part of biometric markers that will we need to track? Ryan: So we need to learn more about the biometrics and the biochemistry. Yeah. Yeah.  Podcasting over here.  We need to figure out the biochemistry that would be required  to know the answer and we don’t really necessarily know what that is until you start measuring and testing and figuring out. Anthony: And so, the conclusion was I guess do this we learn about biochemistry. Elon Musk does the same thing. He says  “For humans to continue being humans, we need to become interplanetary.” Therefore, people on mars, we need the rackets to get to Mars.  Okay. How do you build a rocket? Ryan: Better go read rocket books and talk to engineers in different fields. Our field being health, we go, instead  of the current wave to fighting a disease based on this one large  blood marker which we say “Okay once it’s above this you have a disease and if below that, then you don’t.”  Like you were saying last night. Anthony: Simply broken. Ryan: You… It’s not like one minute you have the diseases and the next one you don’t. There is obviously some sort of… The question will be “What numbers do I need to know that tells me when I’m headed in that direction?” We have to obviously, that reveal what we needed to  learn more about. We’ll go learn more about that and we’ll see where that takes us until we exploit that, we won’t know what to do. Anthony: Right and this is as simple as I want to educate more people about swimming and taking care of their shoulders when they are swimming. Ryan: And then you find the most limiting thing , you start doing this and you just learn about that and you find new limitations and then learn about that. But to think  going to be in foresight this step, this step, this step it’s not real.   Anthony: Okay. “How will I do that?” You just make a list. “Oh! I could post on Facebook. I could write a blog. I could do Instagram. I could do a Youtube video. ” “What’s the best? Maybe an Instagram post. What do I need to get that done? I need to make an account and then use my cellphone to videotape me saying something.” That’s how you get started. You break it down and break it down and break it down until the most digestible chunk that you can handle. So for us, breaking it down “Oh! We need to learn more biochemistry if we want to go this route.” “We need to learn more about biometrics.” That’s a route that we would need to go to from the path and the same thing if you want to educate people about swimming and shoulder, you need to break it down to digestible  chunk and then just start doing it and then going  back the way at it.” Ryan: So, maybe people are thinking right now Anthony like, “That sounds great, that sounds cool! I don’t even know what’s that thing that I’m trying to solve.” You know what I mean? Anthony: No. Ryan: That’s all a different kind of worms isnt it? Anthony: Yeah. One since asked that. What was my question? Ryan: You said “What is success? What does it look like 5 or 10 years when you are successful? “ Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: So… Anthony: “Oh! I don’t know uh… ” Ryan: It’s a hard question. Anthony: Successful. What does success looks like to you? Ryan: Yeah. How do you actually define that and until you define that  that’s how you start going down this path. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: Maybe that’s the next step. We’ll talk more about that and how to think like that. But you gotta start taking actions on what seems like the first limiting steps whether that is a technical skill or knowledge skill action. Like just getting something done. Anthony: There is a lot of comment stuff when we were last night, two nights ago. Remember both of our accounts started at zero followers. Ryan: Like Instagram account, Youtube, email. Anthony: This podcast started at zero now it is at 17.  You have to start somewhere. Ryan: People know that is not true because there is more than 17 people in this slack channel I think. Anthony: Ousted! Ryan: 20! Anthony: So, oh yeah! Go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz/slack" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz/slack</a> it if you haven’t signed up yet. A whole community there. Ryan: Growing everyday and becoming more active and helpful for everybody everyday. Anthony: But starting and staying consistent is how you get to where you want to be Ryan: And if you are waiting around to try to figure it out , that is not consistency, it is consistently thinking instead of doing stuff, and you have to consistently do things. It is not always going to be right. It’s not always going to be in retrospect the best thing but you have to go down the path to get there, and even if you have a few missteps, that’s how you go down the path, better. Anthony: Correct. So, it is all about taking actions immediately and staying consistent with doing whatever you want to do. That is the secret sauce. We’ve done that for four and a half years, we have all these things that are finally starting to tip and bubble up to what we want in the beginning. It wasn’t just that we flipped the switch and had all these contents, all these resources and all these products. It’s like when we started when we did right out of school. Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: We just hammered it right away last four and a half years. Now we’re where we are at. Ryan: It is a journey. You don’t necessarily, like  a year ago, you didn’t know where you would be what you will be trying to accomplish now. It is always funny when Facebook sends you that thing and it’s like three years ago here’s the memory. And I would look back and then I go “Man! How different was I thinking and my mindset!” But if I was not constantly trying to take action and do things  day in, day out, it essentially be the same. Anthony: Right. Ryan:  And you look back, well I’m kind of doing the same thing I was doing three years ago. And for some people, that is great. But for other people it is horrible to look back and think that you are the same three years ago. Anthony: I hope that in three years, I am doing not even close to what I am doing right now. Ryan: And the only way to know or to make that happen is consistently taking actions, sometimes  it is spot on. Sometimes it is way off! Anthony: So, you just got to start pulling the thread. You got to tag on it, Ryan: See how it unravels.  So, what is the Challenge of the Week? What’s the COW? Anthony: The challenge is to start doing something that you have been putting off today. Shut up this podcast and go do it. Whether that’d be reading article, posting something and making Instagram account, just start and think about how you can do that consistently. Ryan: Yeah. Start doing something  differently or you don’t have to add… It’s not something you are already doing, it is actually doing something you are currently doing.  Break your, get out of your lane. Anthony: Start now. Ryan: Start now, Challenge of the Week. Anthony:  COW Anthony and Ryan: Get after it! Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/43-even-start/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">43 – How Do I Even Start?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

43 – How Do I Even Start?

Excellence in health and fitness business

I’m late to the game on this podcast but Dr Ryan and Dr Anthony are legit business builders. I’m in the process of creating an online nutrition biz and every time I get frustrated and overwhelmed, I look to see if they covered the topic I’m crazed about, and yep...almost always. Fun commentary, light humor, easy to listen to and super valuable. Check out the online weekly challenges. Thank you for sharing your experiences Docs = invaluable!

It’s all here!

Listener 13

Health Fit Business

3 – Time Blocking

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness   This week we want to talk about the difference between being effective vs efficient. First, let’s define these two terms so we are on the same page: Being efficient means you do a particular task quickly with little waste. Being effective means what you are doing is pushing the needle forward. Let’s discuss a few examples. Example 1: Student studying for a test Let’s say you are a student studying for an anatomy or physiology test. Your goal studying is to learn the material and perform well at the test. You could be using efficient studying techniques that aren’t the most effective. For example, you could take the class notes and copy them over to flash cards. This is time consuming activity, but you could be doing it really efficiently. This may get you the end result you want, but it is very time consuming and slow. On the other hand, you could read the class notes, study them, and memorize them with the same result as doing the flash cards. If you were able to do this in half the time, it is more effective even though you may not be efficient at it. Example 2: Clinician getting more patients in the clinic Another example would be someone who is working with patients and wants to grow their new patients in a month as their goal. One way to get new patients to see you is to work at local events, like a triathlon or a CrossFit event. You may be extremely efficient at this process, but it may be an 8-hour day that yields 3 new patients. You have to ask yourself, would there be another way you could spend 8 hours that gets you more patients/clients and is less time consuming? If yes, it means you are not using your time as effectively as possible. Four Quadrants Essentially if you take effectiveness and efficiency and cross multiply them you can have 4 categories of activities:  Inefficient and ineffective Efficient but ineffective Effective but inefficient Effective and efficient  These categories are listed in least powerful to most powerful activities. You should aim to be doing level 4 tasks, ones that get the most done and that you can do without waste. People will tend to gravitate toward level 2 tasks, ones they can do efficiently but don’t really produce results. Why? They are easy and low barrier tasks. When we bump into something that is category 3 (tasks that will move the needle forward but are challenging) we typically will revert to level 2 tasks instead. Ideally we make our level 3 tasks into level 4 tasks by getting better at them and learning how to do them more efficiently. This Episode’s Challenge Write down your tasks you do throughout the day and rate them with the above 1-4 system and see where you are at. Try to spend more time at level 3 and 4 with the intention of getting your biggest level 3 tasks up to level 4.   Podcast Transcript   Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. This episode which is episode number seven is about being effective vs. efficient. Those words are very similar in terms of how they are spelled but extremely different in their meaning. So, you can be very efficient at something but if that thing is not effective in helping you achieve your goal, you have to know “where am I spending my time and why?” It’s easy to do things that you were already good at but that doesn’t mean it’s the right thing to be doing. So, a couple of examples. Let’s say you’re a student in athletic training or chiropractic school or physical therapy school and you’re studying for a test. You might be really efficient at taking class notes and re-transcribing them on to flashcards and you might have that down color coded, all that stuff, but may not be the most effective use of your time to achieve the goal that you’re trying to achieve. Getting high score on a test – that type of thing. Now let’s say, you’re a practicing clinician. Here’s an example you could throw out. Let’s say you wanted to go work at events and you’re going to sponsor an event in order to promote yourself or promote your clinic. You might have the steps down extremely efficiently to go run an event and maybe that takes you all day to go to the event and you get two or three new patients that come and see you at your clinic from doing an event. Was a full day the most effective use of your time to achieve your goal, reaching the most people and helping the most people, making your business busier or more profitable, whatever your goal is? Was that the most efficient, most effective way? You might have the process down efficiently but is it the most effective use of your time to achieve your goal?  So, without further ado, let’s listen in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. Anthony: Welcome! Welcome! Welcome! Ryan: What’s up Dr.  Anthony Gustin? Anthony:  Just hanging out in my kitchen. What are you doing? Ryan: I am also hanging out in your kitchen. Anthony: Nice. What do we have for the six people out there today? Ryan: For the six, I think we got an additional one. Each episode we get one, so in a couple of years we’ll get a hundred. This episode, what we’re going to talk about is the idea or the concept of being effective vs. efficient. There is a big difference between those two words. You’ve got to say something. Anthony: It’s all about doing things right vs. doing the right things. Ryan: Yes. That’s exactly right. Anthony: So being efficient essentially means you are good at doing something in the process of doing something. Ryan: But is that the right thing to be doing? Anthony: Being effective is getting the right things done to move, whatever kind of progress, forward. Ryan: Right. So, there is a big difference also if you think about, I’d like to say moving the needle forward versus maintaining the needle. If you know what I’m saying. What I mean by that is, if you’re trying to progress versus just doing what exactly you are doing right now well, if you are going to progress you have to do things that are effective. Now, a lot of people focus on being very efficient at things and spending their time like “Oh! I’m going to make this extremely efficient. I’m going to get tis down” but it isn’t needle forward moving activity. If you are spending your time making something slightly more efficient but it isn’t the task that’s exactly moving the needle forward and it’s already being done well enough, your time is better spent doing something else and that something else is the thing that is effective versus just being efficient. Anthony:  Right. So, there are four different possibilities here when thinking about doing something effectively and efficiently. The first of them would be you’re not effective and you’re not efficient so you have no idea what the hell are you doing and you’re not getting anything done. You’re sloppy and slow and lazy. Ryan: Right. You are really slow at doing things that are not helpful. Anthony: Exactly. Just a complete waste of time. We never want to be doing anything in this quadrant. Beware of that and skip those entirely. Next would be being efficient but not effective. Ryan: So, you are extremely good at doing things that are not helpful. Anthony: Exactly. A good example of this and I think we talked a little bit about this on time blocking and email episode, responding to emails. Right. If I have a system where I’m going and responding to emails but it’s just random conversations that don’t do anything, it doesn’t matter. Ryan: Right. The problem with this ineffective but efficient things is you feel like you’re doing work. Anthony: Yeah. You’re going to check things up in your to-do list. Ryan: You need to check things up in your to-do list but they don’t help in anyway. They don’t move the needle forward. They just maintain the needle or maybe they actually make the needle go backwards even though you can really be good at it. Anthony: Yeah. So, it’s like an opportunity cost. So, if you’re spending your time thinking that you’re doing such a good job because you can reply to emails super quickly and you can get hundred replied to. Ryan: What you could be doing instead during that same amount of time? You could have been moving the needle forwards by doing something more effective. What’s quadrant three Anthony? Anthony: Quadrant three is being inefficient but being effective. This is let’s say you are setting some type of partnership or getting a project rolling but it’s taking you forever and you don’t have a system in place. There is no procedure for saying “Every time I do this…”, like for instance, for your Movement Fix Monday videos. Ryan: Yes. Anthony: They are very effective like they get a lot of great content for the people. They build your audience.  They are great to do right but if every time you have to figure out “How do I turn my camera? Do I set lighting up this way? How do I process the audio? How do I post it on YouTube?” You don’t have nice system and you’re not efficient, it’s just a huge waste of time. Ryan: I think that it’s a valuable thing to be doing but it is very time consuming, right? It’s the right thing to do but you’re not doing it really well. Anthony: Exactly! With that, that’s kind of like the easiest thing where people kind of switch on and notice those things that are moving the needle forward where they can run finest system, get it tighter, either delegate, automate, or make their own process tighter so they can get more of the right things done. Ryan: I think that… So, quadrant four obviously is the only remaining combination which is… Anthony: It’s money maker. Ryan: This is where it’s at. You want to be in quadrant four, which is being effective and doing it efficiently. But here’s the deal, here’s the issue and this is why a lot of people aren’t hanging out in quadrant number four. It’s because to get to quadrant four you have to go through quadrant three.  Quadrant three is doing things that are effective but they are inefficient and so it’s hard. What happens when people do that? They drop to quadrant two because they are doing things that are easy that they can do quickly and so they never achieve quadrant four activities because to go from three to four requires suffering and working your ass of through hard things that are worthwhile but that you have to figure out how to do. There are more cognitively or mentally challenging. They require potentially more planning and thought and so it’s hard to work through quadrant three to get to four so we regress to two. But you have to suffer in three. When you do that, when you set up a lot of stuff with pureWOD, I’m sure you went through some stuff where it took a lot of time to figure out exactly the steps that you have to take but they were the right steps. Once you are able to go through and systematize it, then you are in quadrant four. Anthony: Yeah. I mean I was awesome! I posted it on Instagram but if that’s all I did, takes the company off the ground, it wouldn’t have gone anywhere. Ryan: What does that even do anything? Maybe you get likes and you get stuff like that. It feels good because again it’s a gamification of that, but does that actually turn in to a successful business or a successfully product? Anthony: Exactly. In an honest defense of this quadrant number three you have to be aware that it takes work to tip over and into quadrant four. Otherwise, like you said, it’s so easy to check things out on your to-do list. To think “Oh! I’m good at doing this” but not being aware enough that those things aren’t worth doing. Ryan: And that the hard thing is really the identification of the things that are effective versus ineffective. You have to have somewhat of mental clarity and you have to have… Again this is why we think that some of these time efficiency things we’ve discussed like time blocking and all that, is so important because if you don’t have time blocked out how can you spend time thinking deeply about the real problems that you have to solve if you haven’t scheduled time for that? Because if you’re busy doing other stuff, like say, patient care, research etc., for let’s say a blog post, are you going to have time and the mental ability to think deeply about solving problems and the answer is most likely… Anthony: No. Ryan: No. Anthony: Nope. Ryan: Which is why you have to time block in the first place, you have the head space if you will… Anthony: It’s plugged. Do you get paid for that? Ryan: No I don’t not get paid for that. Anthony: That’s an app. Ryan: Right. If you don’t time block, how are you going to think deeply? You’re too… you are on this hurried state. You are in this scattered brain state where you can’t really think strategically but that’s what you have to do in order to figure out what’s effective versus ineffective. Anthony: Right. If you can’t think strategically or you’re stressed out, you’re always going to default to whatever is easiest. The easiest thing is you have the “you know where you are efficient at.” Ryan: You know the problem in doing that? Okay, you’re stressed out and you want to get something done. You do the things that are easy but deep down inside of your heart of hearts, your brain, you know… heart of hearts? Where did that come from? Anthony:  Read some love novels? Ryan: I don’t really read novels, I only read other things but…Deep down in your brain, you know that you are actually procrastinating doing what is the inevitable thing and I think it actually makes you feel worst at the end of the day. Anthony: Obviously, everyone listening to this. All six of you. Seven, six? Ryan: Seven? Where are we at now? Anthony: Six? Ryan: I don’t know. Six and a half. Anthony: 6.5 people have. Ryan: Someone has one ear bud in, you know? Anthony: An overwhelming amount on your to do list. So, if we’re thinking about weekly challenge in ways to turn these concepts that we are talking about into action, you’ll be listing down all of your to dos and it’s taking a good twenty, thirty minutes and thinking about this – “What quadrant is this to do in for me?” Ryan: Right. Anthony: “Do I suck at it and does is not really do anything? Quadrant one?” Just assess one and put it on the bottom of your to do list. And then go through and say “Okay. Am I good at doing this or have a good process of doing this? Can I do it really well?” That’s quadrant two or is it do that but not get you anywhere- quadrant two. Think about how you can’t apply those skills and do somethings with those same set of skills that would get the needle moving forward. Right?  Then go down and say, “this thing is going really well. I mean a lot of traction with this but I’m not really good at doing this.” Ryan: It’s hard. Anthony: It’s hard. You don’t know ow to do it. You might even ask for help. You might even need to feel on the way. Ryan:  Welcome to quadrant three. Anthony: Welcome to quadrant three. It’s a rocky ride but it’s worth it. And then, finding also if there are some things in quadrant four, were you really good at doing them and they are really pushing the needle forward but those are the top of your to do list. Get those done immediately. Ryan: Those are the highest pay off things and also the ones that don’t take a lot of time. Those are extremely valuable. Quick little example here would be, when I started the Movement Fix podcast, I had no idea how to do a podcast. How do I record audio? How do I record a skype call? How do I get the audio hosted? How do I get it to go to iTunes? How do I get it to go to all these outlets? And so, the podcast is great communication method or whatever the word I am looking for. It’s a great way to communicate and get information across. But now… (what is that? Is there a bird in here?) but now that I know how to do that setting up the podcast like this podcast, it took me two minutes. So, now it’s an effective way to get a message across and it’s also efficient for me because I’ve done it and so, it lets me snapping. I can go through it quickly and get it up. You have to struggle though. I’ve spent hours trying to figure out how to do this. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan:  I was sweating bullets. Anthony: If you guys are confused about maybe how to take things from quadrant three to quadrant four, there will be multiple episodes that we’ll release. That will be all about automating, delegating, setting up systems, really pushing things from quadrant three to quadrant four.  The first step is just acknowledging… Ryan: And identifying. Becoming aware that there are different quadrants of activities. Anthony: Exactly and so, be aware that to do list – audit. From this week the challenge, right? Get your to do lists out, audit it, see what quadrant you are in and see where you can go from there. Ryan: Doing number fours and make number threes number fours. That should really be your goal. And then maybe you should eliminate number one. Anthony: Understand. Ryan: And then number two, well, that’s like an instant gratification thing, maybe you kind of have to give up in order to move three to four. You have to cut some things out in order to really advance what you’re trying to do. So, that’s what we’ve got from this episode here Anthony. Anthony: You guys, get after it! Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes, make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notification to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog post sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time.     The post 7 – Effective vs Efficient appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h4>Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram <a href="http://instagram.com/healthfitbusiness" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">@healthfitbusiness</a></h4> This week we want to talk about the difference between being effective vs efficient. First, let’s define these two terms so we are on the same page: Being efficient means you do a particular task quickly with little waste. Being effective means what you are doing is pushing the needle forward. Let’s discuss a few examples. <h4>Example 1: Student studying for a test</h4> Let’s say you are a student studying for an anatomy or physiology test. Your goal studying is to learn the material and perform well at the test. You could be using efficient studying techniques that aren’t the most effective. For example, you could take the class notes and copy them over to flash cards. This is time consuming activity, but you could be doing it really efficiently. This may get you the end result you want, but it is very time consuming and slow. On the other hand, you could read the class notes, study them, and memorize them with the same result as doing the flash cards. If you were able to do this in half the time, it is more effective even though you may not be efficient at it. <h4>Example 2: Clinician getting more patients in the clinic</h4> Another example would be someone who is working with patients and wants to grow their new patients in a month as their goal. One way to get new patients to see you is to work at local events, like a triathlon or a CrossFit event. You may be extremely efficient at this process, but it may be an 8-hour day that yields 3 new patients. You have to ask yourself, would there be another way you could spend 8 hours that gets you more patients/clients and is less time consuming? If yes, it means you are not using your time as effectively as possible. <h4>Four Quadrants</h4> Essentially if you take effectiveness and efficiency and cross multiply them you can have 4 categories of activities: <ol> <li>Inefficient and ineffective</li> <li>Efficient but ineffective</li> <li>Effective but inefficient</li> <li>Effective and efficient</li> </ol> These categories are listed in least powerful to most powerful activities. You should aim to be doing level 4 tasks, ones that get the most done and that you can do without waste. People will tend to gravitate toward level 2 tasks, ones they can do efficiently but don’t really produce results. Why? They are easy and low barrier tasks. When we bump into something that is category 3 (tasks that will move the needle forward but are challenging) we typically will revert to level 2 tasks instead. Ideally we make our level 3 tasks into level 4 tasks by getting better at them and learning how to do them more efficiently. <h3>This Episode’s Challenge</h3> Write down your tasks you do throughout the day and rate them with the above 1-4 system and see where you are at. Try to spend more time at level 3 and 4 with the intention of getting your biggest level 3 tasks up to level 4. <h3>Podcast Transcript</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. This episode which is episode number seven is about being effective vs. efficient. Those words are very similar in terms of how they are spelled but extremely different in their meaning. So, you can be very efficient at something but if that thing is not effective in helping you achieve your goal, you have to know “where am I spending my time and why?” It’s easy to do things that you were already good at but that doesn’t mean it’s the right thing to be doing. So, a couple of examples. Let’s say you’re a student in athletic training or chiropractic school or physical therapy school and you’re studying for a test. You might be really efficient at taking class notes and re-transcribing them on to flashcards and you might have that down color coded, all that stuff, but may not be the most effective use of your time to achieve the goal that you’re trying to achieve. Getting high score on a test – that type of thing. Now let’s say, you’re a practicing clinician. Here’s an example you could throw out. Let’s say you wanted to go work at events and you’re going to sponsor an event in order to promote yourself or promote your clinic. You might have the steps down extremely efficiently to go run an event and maybe that takes you all day to go to the event and you get two or three new patients that come and see you at your clinic from doing an event. Was a full day the most effective use of your time to achieve your goal, reaching the most people and helping the most people, making your business busier or more profitable, whatever your goal is? Was that the most efficient, most effective way? You might have the process down efficiently but is it the most effective use of your time to achieve your goal?  So, without further ado, let’s listen in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. Anthony: Welcome! Welcome! Welcome! Ryan: What’s up Dr.  Anthony Gustin? Anthony:  Just hanging out in my kitchen. What are you doing? Ryan: I am also hanging out in your kitchen. Anthony: Nice. What do we have for the six people out there today? Ryan: For the six, I think we got an additional one. Each episode we get one, so in a couple of years we’ll get a hundred. This episode, what we’re going to talk about is the idea or the concept of being effective vs. efficient. There is a big difference between those two words. You’ve got to say something. Anthony: It’s all about doing things right vs. doing the right things. Ryan: Yes. That’s exactly right. Anthony: So being efficient essentially means you are good at doing something in the process of doing something. Ryan: But is that the right thing to be doing? Anthony: Being effective is getting the right things done to move, whatever kind of progress, forward. Ryan: Right. So, there is a big difference also if you think about, I’d like to say moving the needle forward versus maintaining the needle. If you know what I’m saying. What I mean by that is, if you’re trying to progress versus just doing what exactly you are doing right now well, if you are going to progress you have to do things that are effective. Now, a lot of people focus on being very efficient at things and spending their time like “Oh! I’m going to make this extremely efficient. I’m going to get tis down” but it isn’t needle forward moving activity. If you are spending your time making something slightly more efficient but it isn’t the task that’s exactly moving the needle forward and it’s already being done well enough, your time is better spent doing something else and that something else is the thing that is effective versus just being efficient. Anthony:  Right. So, there are four different possibilities here when thinking about doing something effectively and efficiently. The first of them would be you’re not effective and you’re not efficient so you have no idea what the hell are you doing and you’re not getting anything done. You’re sloppy and slow and lazy. Ryan: Right. You are really slow at doing things that are not helpful. Anthony: Exactly. Just a complete waste of time. We never want to be doing anything in this quadrant. Beware of that and skip those entirely. Next would be being efficient but not effective. Ryan: So, you are extremely good at doing things that are not helpful. Anthony: Exactly. A good example of this and I think we talked a little bit about this on time blocking and email episode, responding to emails. Right. If I have a system where I’m going and responding to emails but it’s just random conversations that don’t do anything, it doesn’t matter. Ryan: Right. The problem with this ineffective but efficient things is you feel like you’re doing work. Anthony: Yeah. You’re going to check things up in your to-do list. Ryan: You need to check things up in your to-do list but they don’t help in anyway. They don’t move the needle forward. They just maintain the needle or maybe they actually make the needle go backwards even though you can really be good at it. Anthony: Yeah. So, it’s like an opportunity cost. So, if you’re spending your time thinking that you’re doing such a good job because you can reply to emails super quickly and you can get hundred replied to. Ryan: What you could be doing instead during that same amount of time? You could have been moving the needle forwards by doing something more effective. What’s quadrant three Anthony? Anthony: Quadrant three is being inefficient but being effective. This is let’s say you are setting some type of partnership or getting a project rolling but it’s taking you forever and you don’t have a system in place. There is no procedure for saying “Every time I do this…”, like for instance, for your Movement Fix Monday videos. Ryan: Yes. Anthony: They are very effective like they get a lot of great content for the people. They build your audience.  They are great to do right but if every time you have to figure out “How do I turn my camera? Do I set lighting up this way? How do I process the audio? How do I post it on YouTube?” You don’t have nice system and you’re not efficient, it’s just a huge waste of time. Ryan: I think that it’s a valuable thing to be doing but it is very time consuming, right? It’s the right thing to do but you’re not doing it really well. Anthony: Exactly! With that, that’s kind of like the easiest thing where people kind of switch on and notice those things that are moving the needle forward where they can run finest system, get it tighter, either delegate, automate, or make their own process tighter so they can get more of the right things done. Ryan: I think that… So, quadrant four obviously is the only remaining combination which is… Anthony: It’s money maker. Ryan: This is where it’s at. You want to be in quadrant four, which is being effective and doing it efficiently. But here’s the deal, here’s the issue and this is why a lot of people aren’t hanging out in quadrant number four. It’s because to get to quadrant four you have to go through quadrant three.  Quadrant three is doing things that are effective but they are inefficient and so it’s hard. What happens when people do that? They drop to quadrant two because they are doing things that are easy that they can do quickly and so they never achieve quadrant four activities because to go from three to four requires suffering and working your ass of through hard things that are worthwhile but that you have to figure out how to do. There are more cognitively or mentally challenging. They require potentially more planning and thought and so it’s hard to work through quadrant three to get to four so we regress to two. But you have to suffer in three. When you do that, when you set up a lot of stuff with pureWOD, I’m sure you went through some stuff where it took a lot of time to figure out exactly the steps that you have to take but they were the right steps. Once you are able to go through and systematize it, then you are in quadrant four. Anthony: Yeah. I mean I was awesome! I posted it on Instagram but if that’s all I did, takes the company off the ground, it wouldn’t have gone anywhere. Ryan: What does that even do anything? Maybe you get likes and you get stuff like that. It feels good because again it’s a gamification of that, but does that actually turn in to a successful business or a successfully product? Anthony: Exactly. In an honest defense of this quadrant number three you have to be aware that it takes work to tip over and into quadrant four. Otherwise, like you said, it’s so easy to check things out on your to-do list. To think “Oh! I’m good at doing this” but not being aware enough that those things aren’t worth doing. Ryan: And that the hard thing is really the identification of the things that are effective versus ineffective. You have to have somewhat of mental clarity and you have to have… Again this is why we think that some of these time efficiency things we’ve discussed like time blocking and all that, is so important because if you don’t have time blocked out how can you spend time thinking deeply about the real problems that you have to solve if you haven’t scheduled time for that? Because if you’re busy doing other stuff, like say, patient care, research etc., for let’s say a blog post, are you going to have time and the mental ability to think deeply about solving problems and the answer is most likely… Anthony: No. Ryan: No. Anthony: Nope. Ryan: Which is why you have to time block in the first place, you have the head space if you will… Anthony: It’s plugged. Do you get paid for that? Ryan: No I don’t not get paid for that. Anthony: That’s an app. Ryan: Right. If you don’t time block, how are you going to think deeply? You’re too… you are on this hurried state. You are in this scattered brain state where you can’t really think strategically but that’s what you have to do in order to figure out what’s effective versus ineffective. Anthony: Right. If you can’t think strategically or you’re stressed out, you’re always going to default to whatever is easiest. The easiest thing is you have the “you know where you are efficient at.” Ryan: You know the problem in doing that? Okay, you’re stressed out and you want to get something done. You do the things that are easy but deep down inside of your heart of hearts, your brain, you know… heart of hearts? Where did that come from? Anthony:  Read some love novels? Ryan: I don’t really read novels, I only read other things but…Deep down in your brain, you know that you are actually procrastinating doing what is the inevitable thing and I think it actually makes you feel worst at the end of the day. Anthony: Obviously, everyone listening to this. All six of you. Seven, six? Ryan: Seven? Where are we at now? Anthony: Six? Ryan: I don’t know. Six and a half. Anthony: 6.5 people have. Ryan: Someone has one ear bud in, you know? Anthony: An overwhelming amount on your to do list. So, if we’re thinking about weekly challenge in ways to turn these concepts that we are talking about into action, you’ll be listing down all of your to dos and it’s taking a good twenty, thirty minutes and thinking about this – “What quadrant is this to do in for me?” Ryan: Right. Anthony: “Do I suck at it and does is not really do anything? Quadrant one?” Just assess one and put it on the bottom of your to do list. And then go through and say “Okay. Am I good at doing this or have a good process of doing this? Can I do it really well?” That’s quadrant two or is it do that but not get you anywhere- quadrant two. Think about how you can’t apply those skills and do somethings with those same set of skills that would get the needle moving forward. Right?  Then go down and say, “this thing is going really well. I mean a lot of traction with this but I’m not really good at doing this.” Ryan: It’s hard. Anthony: It’s hard. You don’t know ow to do it. You might even ask for help. You might even need to feel on the way. Ryan:  Welcome to quadrant three. Anthony: Welcome to quadrant three. It’s a rocky ride but it’s worth it. And then, finding also if there are some things in quadrant four, were you really good at doing them and they are really pushing the needle forward but those are the top of your to do list. Get those done immediately. Ryan: Those are the highest pay off things and also the ones that don’t take a lot of time. Those are extremely valuable. Quick little example here would be, when I started the Movement Fix podcast, I had no idea how to do a podcast. How do I record audio? How do I record a skype call? How do I get the audio hosted? How do I get it to go to iTunes? How do I get it to go to all these outlets? And so, the podcast is great communication method or whatever the word I am looking for. It’s a great way to communicate and get information across. But now… (what is that? Is there a bird in here?) but now that I know how to do that setting up the podcast like this podcast, it took me two minutes. So, now it’s an effective way to get a message across and it’s also efficient for me because I’ve done it and so, it lets me snapping. I can go through it quickly and get it up. You have to struggle though. I’ve spent hours trying to figure out how to do this. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan:  I was sweating bullets. Anthony: If you guys are confused about maybe how to take things from quadrant three to quadrant four, there will be multiple episodes that we’ll release. That will be all about automating, delegating, setting up systems, really pushing things from quadrant three to quadrant four.  The first step is just acknowledging… Ryan: And identifying. Becoming aware that there are different quadrants of activities. Anthony: Exactly and so, be aware that to do list – audit. From this week the challenge, right? Get your to do lists out, audit it, see what quadrant you are in and see where you can go from there. Ryan: Doing number fours and make number threes number fours. That should really be your goal. And then maybe you should eliminate number one. Anthony: Understand. Ryan: And then number two, well, that’s like an instant gratification thing, maybe you kind of have to give up in order to move three to four. You have to cut some things out in order to really advance what you’re trying to do. So, that’s what we’ve got from this episode here Anthony. Anthony: You guys, get after it! Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes, make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notification to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog post sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/effective-vs-efficient/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">7 – Effective vs Efficient</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

7 – Effective vs Efficient

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness   Perfection is the enemy. This episode is about how to get more stuff done faster by embracing imperfection. The need to make everything perfect before you take action is crippling. Both Anthony and I have been victims of this mentality. In this episode of HFB podcast, we want to share with you our own struggles with the need to be perfect and how we overcame it to start helping more people, doubling what we are able to accomplish, and getting more stuff done. I personally think that the need for something to be ‘perfect’ before it being released is the best way to never do anything. It may be just an unconscious way to avoid the discomfort of putting yourself out there. It is a big mental barrier that, when trained, can be overcome. Get after it! This Episode’s Challenge Do something before YOU feel like it is 100% done and let the world see it.   Podcast Transcript Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Welcome back to the Health Fit Biz podcast. This is episode number six, episode 6. And what we’re talking about in this episode is the curse of trying to be perfect. Both Anthony and I suffer from this and I know many other people suffer from this. The need to or the feeling that you have to only do something if it’s perfect. And so, you wait and wait and wait and wait until something is perfect but it is never perfect. So, what we want to talk about in this episode is how to get over that need for perfection before taking action, how to do things imperfectly so that you can get more things done, help more people, and do more awesome stuff. Without further ado, let’s listen in to episode number six. Anthony: Hello and welcome to the Health Fit Business podcast. Ryan: Dr. Anthony. Anthony: I’m your host, Dr. Anthony Gustin. Here is… Ryan: I’m Ryan Debell. Anthony good to see you! Anthony: Thanks for having me. Ryan: I’m having you. This is our podcast. Anthony: Too much coffee or not enough. I don’t know. Today we are going to be talking about perfection and why it is your enemy. Ryan: Yeah. Being a… Now, I have a big issue with this, trying to be perfectionist. Anthony: Oh yeah, me too. Ryan:  Being a perfectionist is actually, I think, detrimental because nothing will ever be perfect and if you’re a perfectionist, you become extremely afraid to actually do something because you feel that it has to be perfect before you do it. Anthony: Not only being afraid but in my scenario, being such a perfectionist has led me to not doing things because it takes so damn long getting process on the ground. Ryan: Yeah and what we really want people to do, you know those of you listening to the podcast. What do you think? Is it six or seven people listening now? Anthony: Five. Ryan:   Five? What we want people to do is take action whether or not something is perfect because imperfect action is better than perfect inaction and we both have struggled with this but I think we’ve broken through because we’re really improving our own ability to take action without something being perfect. Anthony: You’re always in the notice if something is not perfect. If it’s not going exactly the way you would like it to go and so the difference between you taking a project or something you’re working on from 95% of perfection in your eyes is to 100% is never going to be noticed by somebody else. That’s just a loser’s game. Ryan: Yes, it is a loser’s game. The challenge from going to 0% completed or 0% perfect to 95% perfect is probably about the same level of effort required to go from 95 to a hundred. So, going from 95 to a hundred, you can take a whole another project from 0 to 95 in that same amount of effort you can really do twice the amount of work. There is really very low return on your invested time going from 95 to a hundred because most people won’t notice. Only you would really notice. Anthony: Doc, you want to give us some examples of times were you maybe have gone for perfection and it stalled you out and or times where you haven’t and you got projects on the ground where you wouldn’t have otherwise? Ryan: As I mentioned, I think you have two. For example, thinking that I have to make videos or podcasts perfect before I can release them. Like “Oh I need all the best equipment. I need to have this perfect intro. I need to have the perfect outro for video before I can post it” when in reality, nobody gives shit if there is no video putout. Do you know what I mean? So, I would have to buy all this equipment and get all these stuffs so that I can have the perfect videos when in reality no one notices that there isn’t some like little 5% thing that’s not added. But you know what, if you don’t put it out in the first place you don’t even have a video. So, that would be an example of trying to wait until something is so perfect. Now, a time when I took action when I wasn’t ready, I wasn’t perfect was… Think about that Healthfit.biz website which is just under development and quite honestly, we could spend two months trying to build this website to make is as beautiful website but that doesn’t matter. What matters is starting to put out information for people even though the website isn’t this perfect website. It is still going to work and serve the purpose that we needed to serve without it being this pristine thing. So, rather than wait two months we can do all the stuff that is valuable without having to wait. Waiting until something is perfect is really sort of like a fool’s errand and because you could really be extremely productive without being perfect. Anthony:          Right. So, we went to the CrossFit game and we decided to do this little project as podcast. We recorded the first episode and I think it was two days later we, in what? An hour? Came up with the name, the logo, the website, just some color, some kind of plan of what we want to do, and because we’ve kind of gotten use to not being the perfectionist, is getting the ball rolling, that we have four, five, six episodes up now. Ryan: Right. Anthony: Whereas, if we are ruminating “Oh my God! What shall we call this? Is the domain name available? Social media page going to be good enough?” Ryan: “Oh! Are these colors going to be good or most effective colors?” Anthony: “What logo should we have? Is the logo should be like this? We have an icon? What are people going to think this or that?” Ryan: Right. Those things could be changed the fly as you progress. I know for example, you and I both used to be particular with our websites. And we want our website to be super complicated and fancy. In reality, it really doesn’t matter that much. What matters is that you put things that are valuable for people. That you create something worthwhile for either patient or a client or customer or just someone who is trying to learn something. No one cares if it looks perfect. What they care about is the thing that you are trying to portray or got across. Anthony: Exactly and same thing for me, always being a perfectionist in the past when I was turning pureWOD. It went from concept to deliverable products way quicker than I could ever imagine. I remember when I told you I’m going to start this and like “Yeah. I’m going to ship next week.” Like what? Ryan: I think, what this back? I think, you told me this when we used to play like a lot of Xbox, like Call of Duty. We would play, we actually have a lot of business talks over Xbox playing Call of Duty, which is kind of funny. Remember we talked about “Dude, you know we should do is record a podcast where like it’s us talking over Xbox live while we shoot people and make it into like a business podcast.” So, I guess this podcast actually took a long time in the making. Anthony: The only thing that is missing is Xbox though. Maybe next episode, we will put out and see. Ryan: Yes. We can play something in the computer here and do that but anyways. Yeah, you made that first batch of products so fast. You told me “Yeah, I’m going to make this thing” and suddenly you sent me sample. I was like “how did you make this already?” Wasn’t it a beautiful bag like it is now? Anthony: No. The name obviously not great. I’m still is around but the logo I made in 45 seconds immediately. I put a website up. I put a landing page. I test the product. Ryan: You got a stock of brown paper bags and a stamp and you started doing it and now, it’s been able to evolve into a beautiful bag. You’ve changed the formula, some of the product, the tastes based on feedback. But that feedback you never would have gotten if you have not have done the other stuff quickly. Anthony: Exactly.  Action equals feedback equals improvement. Ryan: I think, an example for me would be my first workshop that I ever taught was… I look back. Anthony: Stadium… Ryan: No, yeah! Right! The first workshop that I ever taught, I look back on it now and I think. Man! It has changed in a way that I never could have imagined that it would have change. Anthony: If you try to model all the guys that you look up to and taking workshops from and thought “Oh my God. I should have those huge elaborate process and blah blah blah…” you never taking action for the first workshop. Ryan: Yeah. I’ve never would have done the first workshop and what I’ve been able to do is to refine it each time. Now this process is actually extremely common like in the business world outside of health and fitness. Like think for example of, just think about the car industry. Are people waiting until like “Oh, we can’t make a car until it is like what today is Tesla is.” Or did people have cars that are like very inefficient. It didn’t have computer screen in it but each generation, each model year, they make improvements. They don’t wait until it’s perfect. They have to make improvements over time so that gradually it turns into something that’s amazing. But you don’t start at amazing. You start by taking action and then you can improve over time. Anthony: So, when people are thinking about like some in this podcast, they are in the day to day. They are either health care provider or trainer or whatever and thinking “Oh yeah. I could provide value to a lot more people.” A lot of people that we’ve talked to, colleagues and friends of ours, this has been a biggest thing holding them back is thinking that it has to be perfect before they launch into new projects because more people are going to see it which is completely backwards. The quicker you can take action and provide value and see what people want or don’t want, the quicker you can make that better and keep improving. Ryan: Yeah, exactly. Speaking of Call of Duty, if you think about videogames, like in the videogame industry. People are going to think “Wow. Ryan really!” I think I posted it on my Instagram stories, my Instagram snapchat, I don’t even know it. Is that what it is called? Instagram snaps? My InstaSnaps? I was playing along, I was working on photography stuff. So, I downloaded Frog Frenzy on my iMac from the appstore and I was fragging it up. Posted on there. People are thinking that I’m some weird gamer guy, but anyway, if you think about the video, the videogame industry is an interesting industry. If you think about it, they ship games before they are ready. Just why when someone gets a game they have do download a gigabyte of updates because they literally ship out the game and make the game on DVD, whatever it is on before it’s ready. Like “we know this is f’d up but by the time it finally gets to people houses, we will have a patch that they can then download.” This people are nailing out games, before they are ready. They sure hell know that if they waited until it’s perfect, they will never be able to publish. Anthony: And you see the same thing in software. Ryan: Yeah, exactly. Anthony: Anything that’s super easy to do Ryan: Windows 10 update just comes out destroys everything. Anthony: Anything that is super easy to do, perfection is definitely the enemy because it leads to inaction and that is the worst thing that you could be doing, not taking action. Ryan: Yeah. What’s the challenge that we have for this week? Anthony: If you five guys out there listening, five guys or girls, have identified the ten or ten thousand type of value add. Whatever you’re going to start giving to people and helping them out with. What’s a way that you can start taking action but not doing it in a perfectionist mindset. So, our challenge, I guess bullet down to doing something before you feel like it’s 100% done and letting the world see that. Ryan: Yeah and then, based on that make a version 2.0. Make a version 3.0. That’s why version number exists. If there is ever a thing that is perfect, there would be nothing with a version. Something that’s been on your mind, something that you’ve been thinking of doing. What are you really waiting for? You’re waiting for this perfection that’s never going to happen? Take the action. Sometime this week on something that you feel uncomfortable with because the more frequently you can do that, the better off you’re going to be and the more stuff you can really get done, and the faster you can reach ten thousand people that you’re helping. Anthony: So, there’s a difference between that’s good enough, let’s get some feedback and I need to make this perfect. And so, the challenge is in the next week launch something, write a blog post, do a social media post… Ryan: Make a video. Anthony: Make a video, post on your InstaSnap, thinking that’s good enough. I don’t need to make this perfect. Ryan: Exactly. So, that is the challenge. Let us know how it goes and until next time. Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes, make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notification to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog post sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time.                             The post 6 – Perfectly Imperfect appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h4>Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram <a href="http://instagram.com/healthfitbusiness" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">@healthfitbusiness</a></h4> Perfection is the enemy. This episode is about how to get more stuff done faster by embracing imperfection. The need to make everything perfect before you take action is crippling. Both Anthony and I have been victims of this mentality. In this episode of HFB podcast, we want to share with you our own struggles with the need to be perfect and how we overcame it to start helping more people, doubling what we are able to accomplish, and getting more stuff done. I personally think that the need for something to be ‘perfect’ before it being released is the best way to never do anything. It may be just an unconscious way to avoid the discomfort of putting yourself out there. It is a big mental barrier that, when trained, can be overcome. Get after it! <h3>This Episode’s Challenge</h3> Do something before YOU feel like it is 100% done and let the world see it. <h3>Podcast Transcript</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Welcome back to the Health Fit Biz podcast. This is episode number six, episode 6. And what we’re talking about in this episode is the curse of trying to be perfect. Both Anthony and I suffer from this and I know many other people suffer from this. The need to or the feeling that you have to only do something if it’s perfect. And so, you wait and wait and wait and wait until something is perfect but it is never perfect. So, what we want to talk about in this episode is how to get over that need for perfection before taking action, how to do things imperfectly so that you can get more things done, help more people, and do more awesome stuff. Without further ado, let’s listen in to episode number six. Anthony: Hello and welcome to the Health Fit Business podcast. Ryan: Dr. Anthony. Anthony: I’m your host, Dr. Anthony Gustin. Here is… Ryan: I’m Ryan Debell. Anthony good to see you! Anthony: Thanks for having me. Ryan: I’m having you. This is our podcast. Anthony: Too much coffee or not enough. I don’t know. Today we are going to be talking about perfection and why it is your enemy. Ryan: Yeah. Being a… Now, I have a big issue with this, trying to be perfectionist. Anthony: Oh yeah, me too. Ryan:  Being a perfectionist is actually, I think, detrimental because nothing will ever be perfect and if you’re a perfectionist, you become extremely afraid to actually do something because you feel that it has to be perfect before you do it. Anthony: Not only being afraid but in my scenario, being such a perfectionist has led me to not doing things because it takes so damn long getting process on the ground. Ryan: Yeah and what we really want people to do, you know those of you listening to the podcast. What do you think? Is it six or seven people listening now? Anthony: Five. Ryan:   Five? What we want people to do is take action whether or not something is perfect because imperfect action is better than perfect inaction and we both have struggled with this but I think we’ve broken through because we’re really improving our own ability to take action without something being perfect. Anthony: You’re always in the notice if something is not perfect. If it’s not going exactly the way you would like it to go and so the difference between you taking a project or something you’re working on from 95% of perfection in your eyes is to 100% is never going to be noticed by somebody else. That’s just a loser’s game. Ryan: Yes, it is a loser’s game. The challenge from going to 0% completed or 0% perfect to 95% perfect is probably about the same level of effort required to go from 95 to a hundred. So, going from 95 to a hundred, you can take a whole another project from 0 to 95 in that same amount of effort you can really do twice the amount of work. There is really very low return on your invested time going from 95 to a hundred because most people won’t notice. Only you would really notice. Anthony: Doc, you want to give us some examples of times were you maybe have gone for perfection and it stalled you out and or times where you haven’t and you got projects on the ground where you wouldn’t have otherwise? Ryan: As I mentioned, I think you have two. For example, thinking that I have to make videos or podcasts perfect before I can release them. Like “Oh I need all the best equipment. I need to have this perfect intro. I need to have the perfect outro for video before I can post it” when in reality, nobody gives shit if there is no video putout. Do you know what I mean? So, I would have to buy all this equipment and get all these stuffs so that I can have the perfect videos when in reality no one notices that there isn’t some like little 5% thing that’s not added. But you know what, if you don’t put it out in the first place you don’t even have a video. So, that would be an example of trying to wait until something is so perfect. Now, a time when I took action when I wasn’t ready, I wasn’t perfect was… Think about that <a href="http://Healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Healthfit.biz</a> website which is just under development and quite honestly, we could spend two months trying to build this website to make is as beautiful website but that doesn’t matter. What matters is starting to put out information for people even though the website isn’t this perfect website. It is still going to work and serve the purpose that we needed to serve without it being this pristine thing. So, rather than wait two months we can do all the stuff that is valuable without having to wait. Waiting until something is perfect is really sort of like a fool’s errand and because you could really be extremely productive without being perfect. Anthony:          Right. So, we went to the CrossFit game and we decided to do this little project as podcast. We recorded the first episode and I think it was two days later we, in what? An hour? Came up with the name, the logo, the website, just some color, some kind of plan of what we want to do, and because we’ve kind of gotten use to not being the perfectionist, is getting the ball rolling, that we have four, five, six episodes up now. Ryan: Right. Anthony: Whereas, if we are ruminating “Oh my God! What shall we call this? Is the domain name available? Social media page going to be good enough?” Ryan: “Oh! Are these colors going to be good or most effective colors?” Anthony: “What logo should we have? Is the logo should be like this? We have an icon? What are people going to think this or that?” Ryan: Right. Those things could be changed the fly as you progress. I know for example, you and I both used to be particular with our websites. And we want our website to be super complicated and fancy. In reality, it really doesn’t matter that much. What matters is that you put things that are valuable for people. That you create something worthwhile for either patient or a client or customer or just someone who is trying to learn something. No one cares if it looks perfect. What they care about is the thing that you are trying to portray or got across. Anthony: Exactly and same thing for me, always being a perfectionist in the past when I was turning pureWOD. It went from concept to deliverable products way quicker than I could ever imagine. I remember when I told you I’m going to start this and like “Yeah. I’m going to ship next week.” Like what? Ryan: I think, what this back? I think, you told me this when we used to play like a lot of Xbox, like Call of Duty. We would play, we actually have a lot of business talks over Xbox playing Call of Duty, which is kind of funny. Remember we talked about “Dude, you know we should do is record a podcast where like it’s us talking over Xbox live while we shoot people and make it into like a business podcast.” So, I guess this podcast actually took a long time in the making. Anthony: The only thing that is missing is Xbox though. Maybe next episode, we will put out and see. Ryan: Yes. We can play something in the computer here and do that but anyways. Yeah, you made that first batch of products so fast. You told me “Yeah, I’m going to make this thing” and suddenly you sent me sample. I was like “how did you make this already?” Wasn’t it a beautiful bag like it is now? Anthony: No. The name obviously not great. I’m still is around but the logo I made in 45 seconds immediately. I put a website up. I put a landing page. I test the product. Ryan: You got a stock of brown paper bags and a stamp and you started doing it and now, it’s been able to evolve into a beautiful bag. You’ve changed the formula, some of the product, the tastes based on feedback. But that feedback you never would have gotten if you have not have done the other stuff quickly. Anthony: Exactly.  Action equals feedback equals improvement. Ryan: I think, an example for me would be my first workshop that I ever taught was… I look back. Anthony: Stadium… Ryan: No, yeah! Right! The first workshop that I ever taught, I look back on it now and I think. Man! It has changed in a way that I never could have imagined that it would have change. Anthony: If you try to model all the guys that you look up to and taking workshops from and thought “Oh my God. I should have those huge elaborate process and blah blah blah…” you never taking action for the first workshop. Ryan: Yeah. I’ve never would have done the first workshop and what I’ve been able to do is to refine it each time. Now this process is actually extremely common like in the business world outside of health and fitness. Like think for example of, just think about the car industry. Are people waiting until like “Oh, we can’t make a car until it is like what today is Tesla is.” Or did people have cars that are like very inefficient. It didn’t have computer screen in it but each generation, each model year, they make improvements. They don’t wait until it’s perfect. They have to make improvements over time so that gradually it turns into something that’s amazing. But you don’t start at amazing. You start by taking action and then you can improve over time. Anthony: So, when people are thinking about like some in this podcast, they are in the day to day. They are either health care provider or trainer or whatever and thinking “Oh yeah. I could provide value to a lot more people.” A lot of people that we’ve talked to, colleagues and friends of ours, this has been a biggest thing holding them back is thinking that it has to be perfect before they launch into new projects because more people are going to see it which is completely backwards. The quicker you can take action and provide value and see what people want or don’t want, the quicker you can make that better and keep improving. Ryan: Yeah, exactly. Speaking of Call of Duty, if you think about videogames, like in the videogame industry. People are going to think “Wow. Ryan really!” I think I posted it on my Instagram stories, my Instagram snapchat, I don’t even know it. Is that what it is called? Instagram snaps? My InstaSnaps? I was playing along, I was working on photography stuff. So, I downloaded Frog Frenzy on my iMac from the appstore and I was fragging it up. Posted on there. People are thinking that I’m some weird gamer guy, but anyway, if you think about the video, the videogame industry is an interesting industry. If you think about it, they ship games before they are ready. Just why when someone gets a game they have do download a gigabyte of updates because they literally ship out the game and make the game on DVD, whatever it is on before it’s ready. Like “we know this is f’d up but by the time it finally gets to people houses, we will have a patch that they can then download.” This people are nailing out games, before they are ready. They sure hell know that if they waited until it’s perfect, they will never be able to publish. Anthony: And you see the same thing in software. Ryan: Yeah, exactly. Anthony: Anything that’s super easy to do Ryan: Windows 10 update just comes out destroys everything. Anthony: Anything that is super easy to do, perfection is definitely the enemy because it leads to inaction and that is the worst thing that you could be doing, not taking action. Ryan: Yeah. What’s the challenge that we have for this week? Anthony: If you five guys out there listening, five guys or girls, have identified the ten or ten thousand type of value add. Whatever you’re going to start giving to people and helping them out with. What’s a way that you can start taking action but not doing it in a perfectionist mindset. So, our challenge, I guess bullet down to doing something before you feel like it’s 100% done and letting the world see that. Ryan: Yeah and then, based on that make a version 2.0. Make a version 3.0. That’s why version number exists. If there is ever a thing that is perfect, there would be nothing with a version. Something that’s been on your mind, something that you’ve been thinking of doing. What are you really waiting for? You’re waiting for this perfection that’s never going to happen? Take the action. Sometime this week on something that you feel uncomfortable with because the more frequently you can do that, the better off you’re going to be and the more stuff you can really get done, and the faster you can reach ten thousand people that you’re helping. Anthony: So, there’s a difference between that’s good enough, let’s get some feedback and I need to make this perfect. And so, the challenge is in the next week launch something, write a blog post, do a social media post… Ryan: Make a video. Anthony: Make a video, post on your InstaSnap, thinking that’s good enough. I don’t need to make this perfect. Ryan: Exactly. So, that is the challenge. Let us know how it goes and until next time. Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes, make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notification to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog post sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/perfectly-imperfect/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">6 – Perfectly Imperfect</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

6 – Perfectly Imperfect

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness   The way you identify yourself has a huge impact on your ability to achieve success, be creative, grow, and reach your true potential. Scenario 1 – The Student to Clinician To Business Owner For those who are health care providers, there are multiple levels of identity change that shouldn’t be shied away from. First is the transition from student to clinician. You get used to doing services for free while you are a student finishing up school. Then one day you get a hat, a diploma, and change your identity completely and have to start collecting money from people for the things you’ve been used to doing for free. Big Shift. Better shift fast before you get chewed up! Having a moldable self-identity allows you to quickly become more successful and realize your full potential. Another shift along this path is going from clinician to business owner. If you think of yourself as just a clinician, you have now limited your ability to think bigger about business opportunities. Scenario 2 – The Fitness Professional To Business Owner A lot of gyms are started by one person who does everything. Janitor, head trainer (or only trainer), business owner, etc. The identity of head trainer is a strong identity. Eventually to progress in your growth you have to hire other trainers to take over some classes or to work underneath you. This may require you to move away from head trainer role and become business owner. This is a big mental shift. If you don’t consider yourself a business person, you just placed a huge ceiling on your growth. How Flexible is Your Identity? How do you self-identify? Do you limit your capabilities just on how you define your role? If you think of yourself as only capable of x or y or z, you are now limited in your creativity, problem solving, and growth. You have multiple skills that can translate to all sorts of business opportunities if you allow yourself to think that way. This Week’s Challenge The challenge this week is a though experiment. If you woke up tomorrow and were unable to do the job that you currently do, how could you still help people in the way that YOU want to, using your current skill set, but in a different way?   Podcast Transcript Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in once again to the Health Fit Biz podcast. This is episode number ten. What we’re going to be talking about in this episode is the idea of having a flexible identity and the ability to change your identity. If in your mind, you have a fixed identity of who you are and what you’re capable of, it will always prevent or stifle growth and creativity. A couple of quick examples before we get in to the episode. If you’re a student in health care, towards the end of your schooling you’re essentially doing all your services for free and then you suddenly have a moment where you have to change from student to clinician who charges full fees. That’s a hard shift to make right off the bat because you’ve been for so long a student and now you’re a professional charging. That’s one way that you have to be flexible in your identity. Another way is, trying new things, experimenting with new roles, expanding or changing your roles within what you’re currently doing. Let’s say for example you own a gym and you train most of the classes at your gym but you need to expand you have to change roles from being a primary trainer to the manager of the gym or let’s say you are a practicing chiro or PT and you want to expand beyond yourself, you have to go from being this main clinician to the business owner and operator and if you limit yourself to think “I am only capable of being the provider,” you’ll always stifle your growth. So, Anthony and I have other examples like Anthony’s pureWOD company or the workshops that I do for The Movement Fix or other things like that that we discussed. Now in reviewing this episode to put together the post, I just want to make sure that we get this out of front. Anthony has made choices based on where he is currently at moving more towards the health business side of things and still sees patient. So, don’t take what you’re hearing as I am saying “you should only do something else.” That’s not what’s we are saying.  Or saying “be okay with having flexibility in your identity and your role so that you can think creatively about what you’re doing and what you are capable of.” So, without further ado let’s tune in to this episode number ten. Anthony: Welcome! Welcome! Welcome! Ryan: What’s up Anthony? Anthony: to this another edition of the Health Fit Business podcast. I’m your vice-host, Anthony Gustin. Ryan: I’m your also vice-host Ryan Debell. Anthony: Co vice- host. Ryan: So, these are editions now? Edition of the podcast? Anthony: This is the ninth edition. Ryan: Ninth edition or tenth or whatever. What are we talking about on this episode Anthony? Anthony: Today we are talking about… Ryan: Or this edition? Anthony: This edition, we are talking about the things that I had the biggest problem with. Switching gears and changing my identity essentially. Ryan: You had an identity crisis Anthony? Anthony: Oh, it was bad! Ryan: Tell me about it. Anthony: It is bad. Ryan: Can you tell me more? Anthony: Yes. This is bad public channel so it’s going to be tough to do but I’ll do it. I’m a former busy chiropractor. Ryan: What do you mean by that? Anthony: So, some people I think listening has spent so much time, money, effort, to perfecting something they are doing that they have such intense intense identity with their thing. So, for me, the biggest initial identity I had was as a student. So, when I left school after grad school, after all these education, “What the hell am I doing? Am I supposed to charge money for the stuff that I’m doing that I’ve been doing for free forever?” Ryan: It’s hard to do that, wasn’t it? Anthony: So, that I think is a pretty big identity shift that people can relate to that that’s student to career. Ryan: It’s weird to start taking people’s money for something you did in school for free all the time. Anthony:  Yeah. That’s crazy. And then, the real big shift came when I started to remove myself almost entirely from my day to day clinic and instead of running a practice that all these year of schooling. So, the schooling lead to chiropractor identity, I was basically cutting them off entirely to run a nutrition and supplement company. Completely different! Ryan: That was… I remember how challenging that was for you to make that shift because you were extremely busy in that clinic. Anthony: Yeah, it was very successful. I would like things were going very very well by any standard of clinic or… Ryan: Right. Anthony: Especially three years out of school. I could not have imagined a better scenario than where I was in. Ryan: So, what was the identity shift that you had to make and how did you do it? Anthony: So, as I was growing this supplement and nutrition company pureWOD, things were, I saw the massive potential to reach limitless people and that was kind of nagging in me. There’s a string being pulled for a very long period of time. I was working on that nights and weekend. Working fifty, sixty hours in my clinic and I knew that I had an obligation liked we’ve we talked about many times that before. Ryan: Ten or ten thousand. Anthony: To reach more people than I could in my clinic. Ryan: So, your previous identity was chiropractor, health care provider. Anthony: Exactly. Ryan: What is your new identity become or what’s an identity that kind of can encompass both of those things? Anthony: So, the identity is completely… I don’t even know. I’ve had people asked me what would I do now and it was kind of weird like… Ryan: “Who am I? Who am I?” Hey! So, what you’re doing Anthony? Anthony: “Am kind of like a chiropractor but I have something sort of business in this… I don’t know.” Not having that conviction like “Oh yeah I have this clinic and I’m a chiropractor course or I like go to school. I’m a student.” Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: Completely different now like I really don’t know what to say and how to say it. I went to, in latter part we’ll discuss this too, I went to this Mastermind which is basically a pooling of people that get together and talk about business issue and how to fix them. Ryan: And life issues. Anthony: Yeah. I mean, best investment that I made in my life because what happened from that basically everyone was like urging me, urging me like “You have the ability to scale and help thousands of people all over the place. You need to shift. You need to get your mind out of who you are” and they said “look, you built so many valuable skills and you have amazing set of knowledge from all the work you did. It doesn’t mean you are throwing that all away. You’re just utilizing it differently.”  Ryan: So, what do you think about…  Because I know we’ve talked about this in podcast about ten versus ten thousand and people that are for example they are training individuals or they’re in the healthcare provider kind of environment, they might go “Why do I need a blog? Why? That’s not what a healthcare provider does?” And I think the mentality has to shift slightly if you want to reach more people to “I am not just a health care provider. My job and my identity is somebody who shares information with the world and helps people and you can help people in different ways. It isn’t stuck to one rigid way of thinking.” Anthony: Right. I’m a person that makes a positive impact. That’s what I am and so, I can use all of these skills now that I gained from running a clinic, from going to school, learning how to learn to understanding human body and how nutrition works. I don’t have to be in my clinic working with people one on one to be able to use those skills. But all my training for 25 years in my life have gone up to that point. It was a very very difficult shift.  An identity crisis really to go from one to another. I was debating when I was doing this “Am I kind of go half in, half out? Go back and forth” and I don’t think that that would be a sustainable thing for me. Ryan: So, are you suggesting that everyone listening goes and does something else? I don’t think you are. Anthony: Yeah. Absolutely not. I mean, do you obviously have to a bunch of different factors into this? Ryan: That was the right choice for you at the right time? But not everyone has to do that and that’s not what we’re saying. Anthony: Absolutely not. However, the mentality switching from I went to school this long for this certain thing and now I have to do this. Ryan: It closes off your creativity first of all. Anthony: To grow, you need to be able to be flexible in your identity and be able to shift and do new things. Start a new company, do new projects. Try different stuff. Ryan: New ways to reach out.  I think even for a lot of people too like let’s say you’re in a clinic and rather than just being in a provider role a lot of people will switch to being in the person to run a business role. And so still even then, it’s an identity shift. You’re not a provider, you’re more of the manager of the clinic. Anthony: Yeah even. Ryan: That right there too is a mentality shift. Anthony: Even that scenario though, you are enabling more people to help more people so your kind of scaling up and leveling up. Ryan: Exactly. Anthony: And leveling up everybody around you. And so. Ryan: Don’t be afraid of that. Anthony: And your position too, like when you started doing workshops versus being the expert clinician that you are. Ryan: I had a lot of shifts. Anthony: So, for me, it was straight through from in the womb to chiro but for you. Ryan: In the womb to chiro (laughs)?! Anthony: Straight shot! You’ve got a completely potential thing identity shift even before… Ryan: I did! I did! Before going there, chiro school I actually went to business school and I had several internships at Fortune 500 companies, working in sort of their technology department. I’ll give two examples of jobs that I had. One was that I worked at a large bank and I worked in their competitive technology department where I would research technology that companies were using or find a competitive advantage. Obviously, that’s different from what I was doing. And then, I worked for a small startup company that mined user data in the internet in order to sell more effective ads. And then what happened was I went… I don’t like these jobs.  I don’t want to do this. So, when I was back to graduate from business school right before I should say, right before I graduated from business school I said I want to go on some wort of health care related field which is when I had to transition from a business student and business person to now I’m going to pursue the clinical and health sciences. So then, I switched over and went through that, graduated, started a clinic, I still have the clinic and but then I started being more like content-creator, workshop instructor, and more of an instructor role than just purely clinic role and that sort of being transitioning currently into more like how do I reach even more people? How do I really think about myself? And how does that affect my ability to reach ten thousand, hundred thousand or million people. And so yeah, it’s not easy but I think that’s just a growth process. Anthony: So, it’s been very clear that you’ve been entirely flexible in your identity moving from one position to another. However, you’ve leveraged your skills in one.  Went lateral. So, you’re in business school and all these great business advice and business process, took that to your clinic combined it with your clinical knowledge. Then from that, you can mobilize workshops and do this. So now you’re basically just keep on adding to your skills and to your tool box and jumping from kind of one mountain top to the other, shifting your identity but still retaining all those core skills and that you’re using each of them. Ryan: I think you know, the way that you think about yourself will dictate that. I never really thought of myself as just provider, I’ve always kind of thought of myself as like business minded but I think what you have to reconsider my identity as somebody who shares information and helps other people and there’s different venues or different avenues you can take to achieve that. Having a flexible self-perception is very important if you’re going to make shifts. If that’s not what you want of course then you can stick with where you’re at but if you want to start growing you have to have a flexible identity. Anthony: Yeah you can have this fear of “I’m this therefore I can’t do that.” Ryan: Yeah exactly! And that’s a big mistake. “I can’t do these awesome things because I’m this person.” That’s a way of thinking that will really hold you back from your true potential. Anthony: So, if we have a challenge this week. Ryan: Which we do. Anthony: Which we do. We always do. It’s a weekly challenge, come on guys! Ryan: Come on every Tuesday. Anthony: Yes, I know that. Don’t be silly! Ryan: Every Tuesday challenge. Anthony: A thought experiment. This is a type of experiment that I did during those times when I’m stuck at basically it puts you on a different frame of mind. The thought experiment is if you aren’t able to be in your current job role or have your current identity so for instance if I was a practicing everyday chiro or I was a personal trainer or a gym owner, if tomorrow I woke up and for whatever reason I could not do that, what would be five ways I could use my skills set to still help people the way I want to help them? Ryan: Thought experiment. Thought experiments. Anthony: You mean exercise? Ryan: Don’t be silly! Thought experiments, thought exercises are great way to really push your thinking. Five ways that you can still help people in a way that you want to without doing your current role. Lets expand those brains. Let’s expand your thinking. Let’s see what you come up with. Mental exercises like these are fruitful but also kind of challenging. So, we shall see what you guys come up with. We would love to hear your feedback and what you think of this thought experiment or exercise. Anthony: Don’t be silly and get after it! Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time.   End. The post 10 – The Identity Secret to Success appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h4>Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram <a href="http://instagram.com/healthfitbusiness" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">@healthfitbusiness</a></h4> The way you identify yourself has a huge impact on your ability to achieve success, be creative, grow, and reach your true potential. <h4>Scenario 1 – The Student to Clinician To Business Owner</h4> For those who are health care providers, there are multiple levels of identity change that shouldn’t be shied away from. First is the transition from student to clinician. You get used to doing services for free while you are a student finishing up school. Then one day you get a hat, a diploma, and change your identity completely and have to start collecting money from people for the things you’ve been used to doing for free. Big Shift. Better shift fast before you get chewed up! Having a moldable self-identity allows you to quickly become more successful and realize your full potential. Another shift along this path is going from clinician to business owner. If you think of yourself as just a clinician, you have now limited your ability to think bigger about business opportunities. <h4>Scenario 2 – The Fitness Professional To Business Owner</h4> A lot of gyms are started by one person who does everything. Janitor, head trainer (or only trainer), business owner, etc. The identity of head trainer is a strong identity. Eventually to progress in your growth you have to hire other trainers to take over some classes or to work underneath you. This may require you to move away from head trainer role and become business owner. This is a big mental shift. If you don’t consider yourself a business person, you just placed a huge ceiling on your growth. <h4>How Flexible is Your Identity?</h4> How do you self-identify? Do you limit your capabilities just on how you define your role? If you think of yourself as only capable of x or y or z, you are now limited in your creativity, problem solving, and growth. You have multiple skills that can translate to all sorts of business opportunities if you allow yourself to think that way. <h4>This Week’s Challenge</h4> The challenge this week is a though experiment. If you woke up tomorrow and were unable to do the job that you currently do, how could you still help people in the way that YOU want to, using your current skill set, but in a different way? <h3>Podcast Transcript</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in once again to the Health Fit Biz podcast. This is episode number ten. What we’re going to be talking about in this episode is the idea of having a flexible identity and the ability to change your identity. If in your mind, you have a fixed identity of who you are and what you’re capable of, it will always prevent or stifle growth and creativity. A couple of quick examples before we get in to the episode. If you’re a student in health care, towards the end of your schooling you’re essentially doing all your services for free and then you suddenly have a moment where you have to change from student to clinician who charges full fees. That’s a hard shift to make right off the bat because you’ve been for so long a student and now you’re a professional charging. That’s one way that you have to be flexible in your identity. Another way is, trying new things, experimenting with new roles, expanding or changing your roles within what you’re currently doing. Let’s say for example you own a gym and you train most of the classes at your gym but you need to expand you have to change roles from being a primary trainer to the manager of the gym or let’s say you are a practicing chiro or PT and you want to expand beyond yourself, you have to go from being this main clinician to the business owner and operator and if you limit yourself to think “I am only capable of being the provider,” you’ll always stifle your growth. So, Anthony and I have other examples like Anthony’s pureWOD company or the workshops that I do for The Movement Fix or other things like that that we discussed. Now in reviewing this episode to put together the post, I just want to make sure that we get this out of front. Anthony has made choices based on where he is currently at moving more towards the health business side of things and still sees patient. So, don’t take what you’re hearing as I am saying “you should only do something else.” That’s not what’s we are saying.  Or saying “be okay with having flexibility in your identity and your role so that you can think creatively about what you’re doing and what you are capable of.” So, without further ado let’s tune in to this episode number ten. Anthony: Welcome! Welcome! Welcome! Ryan: What’s up Anthony? Anthony: to this another edition of the Health Fit Business podcast. I’m your vice-host, Anthony Gustin. Ryan: I’m your also vice-host Ryan Debell. Anthony: Co vice- host. Ryan: So, these are editions now? Edition of the podcast? Anthony: This is the ninth edition. Ryan: Ninth edition or tenth or whatever. What are we talking about on this episode Anthony? Anthony: Today we are talking about… Ryan: Or this edition? Anthony: This edition, we are talking about the things that I had the biggest problem with. Switching gears and changing my identity essentially. Ryan: You had an identity crisis Anthony? Anthony: Oh, it was bad! Ryan: Tell me about it. Anthony: It is bad. Ryan: Can you tell me more? Anthony: Yes. This is bad public channel so it’s going to be tough to do but I’ll do it. I’m a former busy chiropractor. Ryan: What do you mean by that? Anthony: So, some people I think listening has spent so much time, money, effort, to perfecting something they are doing that they have such intense intense identity with their thing. So, for me, the biggest initial identity I had was as a student. So, when I left school after grad school, after all these education, “What the hell am I doing? Am I supposed to charge money for the stuff that I’m doing that I’ve been doing for free forever?” Ryan: It’s hard to do that, wasn’t it? Anthony: So, that I think is a pretty big identity shift that people can relate to that that’s student to career. Ryan: It’s weird to start taking people’s money for something you did in school for free all the time. Anthony:  Yeah. That’s crazy. And then, the real big shift came when I started to remove myself almost entirely from my day to day clinic and instead of running a practice that all these year of schooling. So, the schooling lead to chiropractor identity, I was basically cutting them off entirely to run a nutrition and supplement company. Completely different! Ryan: That was… I remember how challenging that was for you to make that shift because you were extremely busy in that clinic. Anthony: Yeah, it was very successful. I would like things were going very very well by any standard of clinic or… Ryan: Right. Anthony: Especially three years out of school. I could not have imagined a better scenario than where I was in. Ryan: So, what was the identity shift that you had to make and how did you do it? Anthony: So, as I was growing this supplement and nutrition company pureWOD, things were, I saw the massive potential to reach limitless people and that was kind of nagging in me. There’s a string being pulled for a very long period of time. I was working on that nights and weekend. Working fifty, sixty hours in my clinic and I knew that I had an obligation liked we’ve we talked about many times that before. Ryan: Ten or ten thousand. Anthony: To reach more people than I could in my clinic. Ryan: So, your previous identity was chiropractor, health care provider. Anthony: Exactly. Ryan: What is your new identity become or what’s an identity that kind of can encompass both of those things? Anthony: So, the identity is completely… I don’t even know. I’ve had people asked me what would I do now and it was kind of weird like… Ryan: “Who am I? Who am I?” Hey! So, what you’re doing Anthony? Anthony: “Am kind of like a chiropractor but I have something sort of business in this… I don’t know.” Not having that conviction like “Oh yeah I have this clinic and I’m a chiropractor course or I like go to school. I’m a student.” Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: Completely different now like I really don’t know what to say and how to say it. I went to, in latter part we’ll discuss this too, I went to this Mastermind which is basically a pooling of people that get together and talk about business issue and how to fix them. Ryan: And life issues. Anthony: Yeah. I mean, best investment that I made in my life because what happened from that basically everyone was like urging me, urging me like “You have the ability to scale and help thousands of people all over the place. You need to shift. You need to get your mind out of who you are” and they said “look, you built so many valuable skills and you have amazing set of knowledge from all the work you did. It doesn’t mean you are throwing that all away. You’re just utilizing it differently.” Ryan: So, what do you think about…  Because I know we’ve talked about this in podcast about ten versus ten thousand and people that are for example they are training individuals or they’re in the healthcare provider kind of environment, they might go “Why do I need a blog? Why? That’s not what a healthcare provider does?” And I think the mentality has to shift slightly if you want to reach more people to “I am not just a health care provider. My job and my identity is somebody who shares information with the world and helps people and you can help people in different ways. It isn’t stuck to one rigid way of thinking.” Anthony: Right. I’m a person that makes a positive impact. That’s what I am and so, I can use all of these skills now that I gained from running a clinic, from going to school, learning how to learn to understanding human body and how nutrition works. I don’t have to be in my clinic working with people one on one to be able to use those skills. But all my training for 25 years in my life have gone up to that point. It was a very very difficult shift.  An identity crisis really to go from one to another. I was debating when I was doing this “Am I kind of go half in, half out? Go back and forth” and I don’t think that that would be a sustainable thing for me. Ryan: So, are you suggesting that everyone listening goes and does something else? I don’t think you are. Anthony: Yeah. Absolutely not. I mean, do you obviously have to a bunch of different factors into this? Ryan: That was the right choice for you at the right time? But not everyone has to do that and that’s not what we’re saying. Anthony: Absolutely not. However, the mentality switching from I went to school this long for this certain thing and now I have to do this. Ryan: It closes off your creativity first of all. Anthony: To grow, you need to be able to be flexible in your identity and be able to shift and do new things. Start a new company, do new projects. Try different stuff. Ryan: New ways to reach out.  I think even for a lot of people too like let’s say you’re in a clinic and rather than just being in a provider role a lot of people will switch to being in the person to run a business role. And so still even then, it’s an identity shift. You’re not a provider, you’re more of the manager of the clinic. Anthony: Yeah even. Ryan: That right there too is a mentality shift. Anthony: Even that scenario though, you are enabling more people to help more people so your kind of scaling up and leveling up. Ryan: Exactly. Anthony: And leveling up everybody around you. And so. Ryan: Don’t be afraid of that. Anthony: And your position too, like when you started doing workshops versus being the expert clinician that you are. Ryan: I had a lot of shifts. Anthony: So, for me, it was straight through from in the womb to chiro but for you. Ryan: In the womb to chiro (laughs)?! Anthony: Straight shot! You’ve got a completely potential thing identity shift even before… Ryan: I did! I did! Before going there, chiro school I actually went to business school and I had several internships at Fortune 500 companies, working in sort of their technology department. I’ll give two examples of jobs that I had. One was that I worked at a large bank and I worked in their competitive technology department where I would research technology that companies were using or find a competitive advantage. Obviously, that’s different from what I was doing. And then, I worked for a small startup company that mined user data in the internet in order to sell more effective ads. And then what happened was I went… I don’t like these jobs.  I don’t want to do this. So, when I was back to graduate from business school right before I should say, right before I graduated from business school I said I want to go on some wort of health care related field which is when I had to transition from a business student and business person to now I’m going to pursue the clinical and health sciences. So then, I switched over and went through that, graduated, started a clinic, I still have the clinic and but then I started being more like content-creator, workshop instructor, and more of an instructor role than just purely clinic role and that sort of being transitioning currently into more like how do I reach even more people? How do I really think about myself? And how does that affect my ability to reach ten thousand, hundred thousand or million people. And so yeah, it’s not easy but I think that’s just a growth process. Anthony: So, it’s been very clear that you’ve been entirely flexible in your identity moving from one position to another. However, you’ve leveraged your skills in one.  Went lateral. So, you’re in business school and all these great business advice and business process, took that to your clinic combined it with your clinical knowledge. Then from that, you can mobilize workshops and do this. So now you’re basically just keep on adding to your skills and to your tool box and jumping from kind of one mountain top to the other, shifting your identity but still retaining all those core skills and that you’re using each of them. Ryan: I think you know, the way that you think about yourself will dictate that. I never really thought of myself as just provider, I’ve always kind of thought of myself as like business minded but I think what you have to reconsider my identity as somebody who shares information and helps other people and there’s different venues or different avenues you can take to achieve that. Having a flexible self-perception is very important if you’re going to make shifts. If that’s not what you want of course then you can stick with where you’re at but if you want to start growing you have to have a flexible identity. Anthony: Yeah you can have this fear of “I’m this therefore I can’t do that.” Ryan: Yeah exactly! And that’s a big mistake. “I can’t do these awesome things because I’m this person.” That’s a way of thinking that will really hold you back from your true potential. Anthony: So, if we have a challenge this week. Ryan: Which we do. Anthony: Which we do. We always do. It’s a weekly challenge, come on guys! Ryan: Come on every Tuesday. Anthony: Yes, I know that. Don’t be silly! Ryan: Every Tuesday challenge. Anthony: A thought experiment. This is a type of experiment that I did during those times when I’m stuck at basically it puts you on a different frame of mind. The thought experiment is if you aren’t able to be in your current job role or have your current identity so for instance if I was a practicing everyday chiro or I was a personal trainer or a gym owner, if tomorrow I woke up and for whatever reason I could not do that, what would be five ways I could use my skills set to still help people the way I want to help them? Ryan: Thought experiment. Thought experiments. Anthony: You mean exercise? Ryan: Don’t be silly! Thought experiments, thought exercises are great way to really push your thinking. Five ways that you can still help people in a way that you want to without doing your current role. Lets expand those brains. Let’s expand your thinking. Let’s see what you come up with. Mental exercises like these are fruitful but also kind of challenging. So, we shall see what you guys come up with. We would love to hear your feedback and what you think of this thought experiment or exercise. Anthony: Don’t be silly and get after it! Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/identity-secret-success/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">10 – The Identity Secret to Success</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

10 – The Identity Secret to Success

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness Digital notifications are the ultimate time vampire. They literally suck the lifeblood out of your day. Imagine these 2 typical scenarios. Scenario 1 You are busy doing some important work, thinking hard, working with intention and then bam. You get a notification that someone e-mailed you. Or a notification from Facebook that someone commented on a post and mentioned you. The struggle is real and the urge is strong. How can you resist now entering into the lair of the digital notification vampire. You go in your phone to check the email or check the Facebook notification. 25 minutes later, after browsing through your newsfeed, it’s time to start working again. Oh wait, a new notification! Scenario 2 You wake up in the morning by the sound of your alarm in the morning, but wait, there’s a whole list of notifications you have to take care of before getting out of bed! Some people commented on your Instagram photo, you have 7 emails, and 3 Facebook mentions. Better check all of those before getting out of bed. 20 minutes later it’s time to actually get out of bed. The structure of your day is ruined before even getting out of bed. You have already become a slave to your phone and let it dictate your day. Who is really dictating your day and time? Your phone should not dictate what you do throughout the day. Someone commenting on a photo of you on Facebook should not have immediate access to disrupt what you are currently doing. Your time is way too valuable for that. You have way too many important things to do than let your phone control your actions. If you really think about it, every time a notification on your phone gets you to take an action, you are not the owner of your day. Whims of other people across the world control your day. Who really is the boss? Digital notifications are draining the lifeblood from your day. They’re literally killing it. This Week’s Challenge We challenge you this week to do 1 of 2 things: Option 1: Turn off all notifications on your phone for 1 week except phone calls and text messages (unless tons of people text you, then turn that off too) Option 2: Turn your phone to airplane mode at night and don’t turn it off that mode until you’ve started your day off with some productive tasks You should control when you look at your email or your Facebook, not some notification. Someone’s comment on a picture of a cat isn’t more important than you getting done what you want to get done and having ownership of your time. Own your day and cut off the vampire. Use the two silver bullet options above to become the boss of your time once again.   Podcast Transcript Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in once again to the Health Fit Business podcast. This is episode 9. On this episode, what we’re going to be talking about is why notifications on your phone are killing you. Notifications on your phone are probably the worst thing you could be doing and the most ineffective and time wasting thing you could be doing. As soon as you let an app notify you on your phone, you’re giving it access to the most delicate or private parts of your life. This episode is going to really challenge you because these things are very addictive. But once you can break the addition of those phone notifications, it literally will change your life. So, without further ado let’s listen in to this episode of the podcast. Anthony: Are you ready? Ryan: I’m all ready Anthony. Anthony: Welcome everybody to an episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. I’m your co-host Dr. Anthony Gustin. Ryan: And I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Anthony: He’s the main host. Ryan: No.  Co-host. What are we going to talk about on this episode Anthony? Anthony: So, on this episode we’re talking about why notifications are killing you. Ryan: What kind of notifications are we talking about? Anthony: All notifications. Ryan: Phone notifications? Anthony: Digital notifications. Ryan: Digital notifications are what we want to address this episode. Anthony: They’re so terrible we’re going to make sure that says “notifications are the new you smoking.” Ryan: Are we actually going to make that? Anthony:  I think so. Ryan: Okay. Anthony: Well, where’s your eight copies for your eight listeners out there? Every week, we can have two. Ryan: We don’t know what size shirt people would wear. I have to get them in different sizes. Anthony: The reason why we decided to do this is because… Ryan: What’s the issue with notifications. Why they are so bad? What problems do they create for you? Anthony: When I was running my clinic and I was super super busy and I would come to my phone and I would see there would be a hundred notifications of all random stuff – some good, some bad. I had to react to it, completely distracting. If I then had actual time away and answer it doing time blocking, and then every time I was trying to get some work done, some deep work ding ding ding ding. Red little box thing. Circle? Is it? Thing in the iPhone where pops up and it’s red. Ryan: What? Anthony: The counter that says how many new…? Ryan: Oh, the badge! Anthony: Yeah. The badge! So, all these badges popping up. Time is the most valuable thing when you’re running a small business and you’re trying to do bigger things. So, notifications are the biggest vampire of time that I could imagine. Ryan: Suck the blood out of your day. Anthony: It’s awful!  That was one of the biggest things for me when I was trying to transition more towards larger projects. Wiping notifications from my phone enabled me to do so much more work. It was insane. Ryan: One of the issues I ran into would be, let’s say, it was the weekend and I wanted to actually relax, right? Because once in a while you have to like not work and… Anthony: What?! What kind of business podcast is this? Don’t work! Ryan: What? Anthony: I’m kidding. Ryan: You’ve got a rest day, a rest hour. What would happen was that my rest time, whether that’s a certain amount of time per week you put aside or a day of the weekend, it would be interrupted by these notifications of either emails or Facebook message or Instagram or something and then it would put me in to work mode. So, it was interrupting my ability, in this case, to be able to actually clear my head. But as you kind of said to like if you’re in the middle of doing stuff or you’re trying to work deeply and your phone’s buzzing notifying you, the temptation is so large to go look at what it is that it will interrupt the bigger things that you are actually trying to work on. So, it’s a huge issue because it breaks your concentration and really nothing or very few things have the right to disrupt that in my opinion. Anthony: Right. And so, I guess if we’re going break it down in to three different categories and why notifications are killing you and they are trust me. Ryan: Yeah. I know it! Anthony:  It will be distracting or interrupting you from big tasks that you should be doing. It is taking you out of relaxation, rejuvenation mode back in to work mode. Back and forth, back and forth. Ryan: Which is exhausting. Anthony: It’s giving people access to you and train them that you’re going to be available at every second of the day whenever they want. Ryan: Which you shouldn’t be. Anthony: Huge huge time sucker. Interruption phase. I urge everyone, at least, when they’re working on their deep work stuff, we’ll talk about that on another episode, but when you’re dedicated to some task and you’re trying to get a project done, very minimally you can put your phone in to airplane mode or Do Not Disturb mode for that time being. Ryan: That’s what I used to do at night. Anthony: One down? Ryan: Like overnight I would turn off, I would go on airplane mode so when I woke up, I wouldn’t have notifications on my screen but you can’t take that a step further right? That just one way. Put yourself in airplane mode. Anthony: We talked about the time blocking episodes. It’s so crucial to get in to a state of flow of work and trying to stay there for as long as possible. When you start jumping around tasks, you productivity and task completion is plummeting. That is one way to get much better at working. You have to turn off your notifications. It’s just a must. A must. Ryan: Is there any reason? Is there any threat to turning off the notifications on your phone? Like what’s the worst thing that could happen? Anthony: The worst thing that could happen is my relative dies and someone needs to contact me or something like that. That’s like the worst-case scenario. Ryan: But you’re not going to turn off every single form of notifications, right? Anthony: But even in Do Not Disturb mode, you can do it so if people calls twice, it goes through it. Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: Or if you just decide to show your notification, for instance, I have it so just texts and phone calls come through or else I have my phone on silent. Ryan: I’m the same way. The only two notifications I allow to go through my phone, and these include badges as well like little red number, the only thing is text message and phone calls. Anthony: So, you’re not tempted to get dragged in to these apps with all these “Oh this person liked your photo. You have this email from this guy.” Ryan: It’s all meaningless. Anthony:  Yeah. Ryan: Like, none of it actually helps to do anything productive. Anthony:  And so, let say you get in to a rat hole of this little red badge, you click on it and then 45 minutes later you’re on some other app doing other completely meaningless thing. Ryan: Right. How does that…? It’s just not a… You just can’t let that kind of get access to your time to something like that. Anthony: It’s a terrible terrible waste of time so. Especially when you’re not working and you’re trying to be in this rejuvenation mode so that your work output when you are working is super high. You are pretty much in the same state of distraction and you need to remove yourself from that the best way to do it like you said is turn off those notifications. If you’re bored waiting for a train and you want to see who’s talking to you in Instagram or Facebook, then go on there whenever you want to but you’re not going to have this constant pool and constant notification. Ryan: Right. You’re not going to be reacting. You could proactively go and look at your emails or go look at Facebook. But to let the Facebook app control your time by having these little badges, it’s just. Come on! Little app control you. Anthony:  And that’s what they want because it increases their ad revenue. Like they want that to be as addictive as possible so they are trying to send you as many notifications as possible. Ryan: You know I actually deleted Facebook from my phone. Anthony: Whoa! Big move! Ryan:  Oooh! Yeah! My world has changed so much. But I’ll go in once a day and look now and I will have like 27 notifications and none of it… Anthony: It’s all garbage. Ryan: None of it is anything because they know that we want to see the little red badge because it makes us feel that something cool happened. It’s like “send this person a birthday message.” You know “you’ve been invited to this event. Look back on this memory.” I’m like, so nothing actually happened. Anthony: “Your mom’s friend and invited you to do Candy Crush.” “This creep from high school looked at your photo from 2009.” Ryan: How does that help me at all? I mean, it doesn’t. It’s because they want to make an ad revenue from showing ads at the time line. Anthony:  Right! And so, not getting sucked in to these unproductive distracting apps and emails and even texts and phone calls sometimes can be distracting because when you’re essentially doing. When you have notifications on and the phone’s alarm is on and you’re reacting to all these stuff, you are training the people around you to expect an immediate response. Like the tech world we live in now a days, everybody expects immediate communication. Immediate. Ryan: So unrealistic! Anthony: Like if I text you a year ago, I was texting you and you didn’t respond to me like “Ryan doesn’t like me. He hates me.” And then 30 minutes after “I hate Ryan, I’m never talking to him again.” Ryan: “What a dick!” Anthony: When maybe he was just busy. I don’t know! Ryan: Maybe I just didn’t have my messages on. Maybe I wasn’t checking because I was out walking around and doing something you know. Non-phone, non-notification related. Anthony: So, removing this tether helps set expectations more realistically for other people around you. Ryan: Yup! Exactly. So, Anthony what is the challenge this week? Anthony: I think it’s pretty clear. Ryan: I agree. Anthony: Stop killing yourself with notifications. Ryan: Turn… So, here’s our challenge. Now it seems like the world is going to blow up when you do this, it’s not. Anthony: Well, they have this thing called a FOMO for a reason right? Ryan: FOMO Anthony: Ryan, you’re the first person to tell me about FOMO. Ryan: Did I? Anthony: “Yeah. There’s this FOMO” or whatever and I was like “What?!” It’s like two or three years ago, I think. Ryan: I said… I was… okay. Anthony: I’ve never heard of it before. Ryan: Fear of Missing Out. Fear of missing out. That’s why we want to have those notifications like “Oh my Gosh! Something crazy is going to happen and I have to be notified otherwise I’m like, I’m going to miss out on this amazing thing.” And you know what, I haven’t had notifications on my phone for a while and that hasn’t happened yet. Anthony: How liberating this to feel? Ryan: It’s extremely liberating! You know, I’ve noticed how a lot of things have improved for me. I feel less agitated, less stressed out. I am able to think more deeply about things. I’m able to get more stuff done because I’m not giving my little phone and these apps the right to steal my time. Anthony: Yeah. I noticed that I had more joy in simple tasks removing notifications. They’ve done studies, I’m pretty sure, that show people get this huge dopamine spikes every time they react to these notifications. Ryan: So, it’s actually somewhat like a chemical addition which is why it’s hard not to do it. I think all you guys out there, eight? Eight of you can turn off your notifications for one week. Just commit to one week of turning off your notifications on our phone minus texts and calls because sometimes you might need those. Commit to the one week, take note of how you feel in a week versus now and let see what happens. Anthony:  Very very minor thing. Let’s say you can’t do that like FOMO is too strong, airplane mode. Ryan: Airplane mode when you really need to get things done. Anthony: You need to get things done and you’re sleeping because if you wake up like Ryan was saying, if you wake up to 35 notifications and 38 emails and all set you up like “Oh shit! I’m missing something!” and you jumped straight in to that. Ryan: Some state like fight or flight. Anthony: And you break your morning routine. Ryan: Yeah, it’s just does not serve any positive purpose in your life. At least go on airplane mode at night or when you’re trying to get challenging things completed. Anthony: That’s only half credit though. Ryan: That’s only half credit. I think you guys are full-credit kind of people. Anthony: Yeah. Over achiever students. Ryan: Yeah. Let’s do this. Turn those notifications off for seven days. Anthony: Alright guys. Get after it! Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End.   The post 9 – The Ultimate Time Vampire appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h4>Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram <a href="http://instagram.com/healthfitbusiness" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">@healthfitbusiness</a></h4> Digital notifications are the ultimate time vampire. They literally suck the lifeblood out of your day. Imagine these 2 typical scenarios. <h4>Scenario 1</h4> You are busy doing some important work, thinking hard, working with intention and then bam. You get a notification that someone e-mailed you. Or a notification from Facebook that someone commented on a post and mentioned you. The struggle is real and the urge is strong. How can you resist now entering into the lair of the digital notification vampire. You go in your phone to check the email or check the Facebook notification. 25 minutes later, after browsing through your newsfeed, it’s time to start working again. Oh wait, a new notification! <h4>Scenario 2</h4> You wake up in the morning by the sound of your alarm in the morning, but wait, there’s a whole list of notifications you have to take care of before getting out of bed! Some people commented on your Instagram photo, you have 7 emails, and 3 Facebook mentions. Better check all of those before getting out of bed. 20 minutes later it’s time to actually get out of bed. The structure of your day is ruined before even getting out of bed. You have already become a slave to your phone and let it dictate your day. <h4>Who is really dictating your day and time?</h4> Your phone should not dictate what you do throughout the day. Someone commenting on a photo of you on Facebook should not have immediate access to disrupt what you are currently doing. Your time is way too valuable for that. You have way too many important things to do than let your phone control your actions. If you really think about it, every time a notification on your phone gets you to take an action, you are not the owner of your day. Whims of other people across the world control your day. Who really is the boss? Digital notifications are draining the lifeblood from your day. They’re literally killing it. <h4>This Week’s Challenge</h4> We challenge you this week to do 1 of 2 things: Option 1: Turn off all notifications on your phone for 1 week except phone calls and text messages (unless tons of people text you, then turn that off too) Option 2: Turn your phone to airplane mode at night and don’t turn it off that mode until you’ve started your day off with some productive tasks You should control when you look at your email or your Facebook, not some notification. Someone’s comment on a picture of a cat isn’t more important than you getting done what you want to get done and having ownership of your time. Own your day and cut off the vampire. Use the two silver bullet options above to become the boss of your time once again. <h3>Podcast Transcript</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in once again to the Health Fit Business podcast. This is episode 9. On this episode, what we’re going to be talking about is why notifications on your phone are killing you. Notifications on your phone are probably the worst thing you could be doing and the most ineffective and time wasting thing you could be doing. As soon as you let an app notify you on your phone, you’re giving it access to the most delicate or private parts of your life. This episode is going to really challenge you because these things are very addictive. But once you can break the addition of those phone notifications, it literally will change your life. So, without further ado let’s listen in to this episode of the podcast. Anthony: Are you ready? Ryan: I’m all ready Anthony. Anthony: Welcome everybody to an episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. I’m your co-host Dr. Anthony Gustin. Ryan: And I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Anthony: He’s the main host. Ryan: No.  Co-host. What are we going to talk about on this episode Anthony? Anthony: So, on this episode we’re talking about why notifications are killing you. Ryan: What kind of notifications are we talking about? Anthony: All notifications. Ryan: Phone notifications? Anthony: Digital notifications. Ryan: Digital notifications are what we want to address this episode. Anthony: They’re so terrible we’re going to make sure that says “notifications are the new you smoking.” Ryan: Are we actually going to make that? Anthony:  I think so. Ryan: Okay. Anthony: Well, where’s your eight copies for your eight listeners out there? Every week, we can have two. Ryan: We don’t know what size shirt people would wear. I have to get them in different sizes. Anthony: The reason why we decided to do this is because… Ryan: What’s the issue with notifications. Why they are so bad? What problems do they create for you? Anthony: When I was running my clinic and I was super super busy and I would come to my phone and I would see there would be a hundred notifications of all random stuff – some good, some bad. I had to react to it, completely distracting. If I then had actual time away and answer it doing time blocking, and then every time I was trying to get some work done, some deep work ding ding ding ding. Red little box thing. Circle? Is it? Thing in the iPhone where pops up and it’s red. Ryan: What? Anthony: The counter that says how many new…? Ryan: Oh, the badge! Anthony: Yeah. The badge! So, all these badges popping up. Time is the most valuable thing when you’re running a small business and you’re trying to do bigger things. So, notifications are the biggest vampire of time that I could imagine. Ryan: Suck the blood out of your day. Anthony: It’s awful!  That was one of the biggest things for me when I was trying to transition more towards larger projects. Wiping notifications from my phone enabled me to do so much more work. It was insane. Ryan: One of the issues I ran into would be, let’s say, it was the weekend and I wanted to actually relax, right? Because once in a while you have to like not work and… Anthony: What?! What kind of business podcast is this? Don’t work! Ryan: What? Anthony: I’m kidding. Ryan: You’ve got a rest day, a rest hour. What would happen was that my rest time, whether that’s a certain amount of time per week you put aside or a day of the weekend, it would be interrupted by these notifications of either emails or Facebook message or Instagram or something and then it would put me in to work mode. So, it was interrupting my ability, in this case, to be able to actually clear my head. But as you kind of said to like if you’re in the middle of doing stuff or you’re trying to work deeply and your phone’s buzzing notifying you, the temptation is so large to go look at what it is that it will interrupt the bigger things that you are actually trying to work on. So, it’s a huge issue because it breaks your concentration and really nothing or very few things have the right to disrupt that in my opinion. Anthony: Right. And so, I guess if we’re going break it down in to three different categories and why notifications are killing you and they are trust me. Ryan: Yeah. I know it! Anthony:  It will be distracting or interrupting you from big tasks that you should be doing. It is taking you out of relaxation, rejuvenation mode back in to work mode. Back and forth, back and forth. Ryan: Which is exhausting. Anthony: It’s giving people access to you and train them that you’re going to be available at every second of the day whenever they want. Ryan: Which you shouldn’t be. Anthony: Huge huge time sucker. Interruption phase. I urge everyone, at least, when they’re working on their deep work stuff, we’ll talk about that on another episode, but when you’re dedicated to some task and you’re trying to get a project done, very minimally you can put your phone in to airplane mode or Do Not Disturb mode for that time being. Ryan: That’s what I used to do at night. Anthony: One down? Ryan: Like overnight I would turn off, I would go on airplane mode so when I woke up, I wouldn’t have notifications on my screen but you can’t take that a step further right? That just one way. Put yourself in airplane mode. Anthony: We talked about the time blocking episodes. It’s so crucial to get in to a state of flow of work and trying to stay there for as long as possible. When you start jumping around tasks, you productivity and task completion is plummeting. That is one way to get much better at working. You have to turn off your notifications. It’s just a must. A must. Ryan: Is there any reason? Is there any threat to turning off the notifications on your phone? Like what’s the worst thing that could happen? Anthony: The worst thing that could happen is my relative dies and someone needs to contact me or something like that. That’s like the worst-case scenario. Ryan: But you’re not going to turn off every single form of notifications, right? Anthony: But even in Do Not Disturb mode, you can do it so if people calls twice, it goes through it. Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: Or if you just decide to show your notification, for instance, I have it so just texts and phone calls come through or else I have my phone on silent. Ryan: I’m the same way. The only two notifications I allow to go through my phone, and these include badges as well like little red number, the only thing is text message and phone calls. Anthony: So, you’re not tempted to get dragged in to these apps with all these “Oh this person liked your photo. You have this email from this guy.” Ryan: It’s all meaningless. Anthony:  Yeah. Ryan: Like, none of it actually helps to do anything productive. Anthony:  And so, let say you get in to a rat hole of this little red badge, you click on it and then 45 minutes later you’re on some other app doing other completely meaningless thing. Ryan: Right. How does that…? It’s just not a… You just can’t let that kind of get access to your time to something like that. Anthony: It’s a terrible terrible waste of time so. Especially when you’re not working and you’re trying to be in this rejuvenation mode so that your work output when you are working is super high. You are pretty much in the same state of distraction and you need to remove yourself from that the best way to do it like you said is turn off those notifications. If you’re bored waiting for a train and you want to see who’s talking to you in Instagram or Facebook, then go on there whenever you want to but you’re not going to have this constant pool and constant notification. Ryan: Right. You’re not going to be reacting. You could proactively go and look at your emails or go look at Facebook. But to let the Facebook app control your time by having these little badges, it’s just. Come on! Little app control you. Anthony:  And that’s what they want because it increases their ad revenue. Like they want that to be as addictive as possible so they are trying to send you as many notifications as possible. Ryan: You know I actually deleted Facebook from my phone. Anthony: Whoa! Big move! Ryan:  Oooh! Yeah! My world has changed so much. But I’ll go in once a day and look now and I will have like 27 notifications and none of it… Anthony: It’s all garbage. Ryan: None of it is anything because they know that we want to see the little red badge because it makes us feel that something cool happened. It’s like “send this person a birthday message.” You know “you’ve been invited to this event. Look back on this memory.” I’m like, so nothing actually happened. Anthony: “Your mom’s friend and invited you to do Candy Crush.” “This creep from high school looked at your photo from 2009.” Ryan: How does that help me at all? I mean, it doesn’t. It’s because they want to make an ad revenue from showing ads at the time line. Anthony:  Right! And so, not getting sucked in to these unproductive distracting apps and emails and even texts and phone calls sometimes can be distracting because when you’re essentially doing. When you have notifications on and the phone’s alarm is on and you’re reacting to all these stuff, you are training the people around you to expect an immediate response. Like the tech world we live in now a days, everybody expects immediate communication. Immediate. Ryan: So unrealistic! Anthony: Like if I text you a year ago, I was texting you and you didn’t respond to me like “Ryan doesn’t like me. He hates me.” And then 30 minutes after “I hate Ryan, I’m never talking to him again.” Ryan: “What a dick!” Anthony: When maybe he was just busy. I don’t know! Ryan: Maybe I just didn’t have my messages on. Maybe I wasn’t checking because I was out walking around and doing something you know. Non-phone, non-notification related. Anthony: So, removing this tether helps set expectations more realistically for other people around you. Ryan: Yup! Exactly. So, Anthony what is the challenge this week? Anthony: I think it’s pretty clear. Ryan: I agree. Anthony: Stop killing yourself with notifications. Ryan: Turn… So, here’s our challenge. Now it seems like the world is going to blow up when you do this, it’s not. Anthony: Well, they have this thing called a FOMO for a reason right? Ryan: FOMO Anthony: Ryan, you’re the first person to tell me about FOMO. Ryan: Did I? Anthony: “Yeah. There’s this FOMO” or whatever and I was like “What?!” It’s like two or three years ago, I think. Ryan: I said… I was… okay. Anthony: I’ve never heard of it before. Ryan: Fear of Missing Out. Fear of missing out. That’s why we want to have those notifications like “Oh my Gosh! Something crazy is going to happen and I have to be notified otherwise I’m like, I’m going to miss out on this amazing thing.” And you know what, I haven’t had notifications on my phone for a while and that hasn’t happened yet. Anthony: How liberating this to feel? Ryan: It’s extremely liberating! You know, I’ve noticed how a lot of things have improved for me. I feel less agitated, less stressed out. I am able to think more deeply about things. I’m able to get more stuff done because I’m not giving my little phone and these apps the right to steal my time. Anthony: Yeah. I noticed that I had more joy in simple tasks removing notifications. They’ve done studies, I’m pretty sure, that show people get this huge dopamine spikes every time they react to these notifications. Ryan: So, it’s actually somewhat like a chemical addition which is why it’s hard not to do it. I think all you guys out there, eight? Eight of you can turn off your notifications for one week. Just commit to one week of turning off your notifications on our phone minus texts and calls because sometimes you might need those. Commit to the one week, take note of how you feel in a week versus now and let see what happens. Anthony:  Very very minor thing. Let’s say you can’t do that like FOMO is too strong, airplane mode. Ryan: Airplane mode when you really need to get things done. Anthony: You need to get things done and you’re sleeping because if you wake up like Ryan was saying, if you wake up to 35 notifications and 38 emails and all set you up like “Oh shit! I’m missing something!” and you jumped straight in to that. Ryan: Some state like fight or flight. Anthony: And you break your morning routine. Ryan: Yeah, it’s just does not serve any positive purpose in your life. At least go on airplane mode at night or when you’re trying to get challenging things completed. Anthony: That’s only half credit though. Ryan: That’s only half credit. I think you guys are full-credit kind of people. Anthony: Yeah. Over achiever students. Ryan: Yeah. Let’s do this. Turn those notifications off for seven days. Anthony: Alright guys. Get after it! Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/the-ultimate-time-vampire/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">9 – The Ultimate Time Vampire</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

9 – The Ultimate Time Vampire

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness   What drives you? What gets you going day in and day out? Will power? I hope not. That won’t last. You have to know your purpose. You have to know your vision. And you have to know your goals. Human beings are purpose driven You need to know your purpose as it will drive you to great things. Without purpose you are a lost ship at see, letting the waves of life push you around and you are totally at the mercy of the ocean. Purpose is like the light house. You use the lighthouse so you stay on course. You may not stay on course 100%, but you travel in the right direction. Your purpose is what impact you want to have on the world. Have you ever sat down and thought about that? Really thought? Well, now is the time. Once you know what your purpose is, how do you get there? This is your vision. Your vision is the way that you are actually going to make that impact. So you know what impact you want to make, but how do you make it? What has to be done on a large scale? Then you need to know your goals Your goal is the incremental accomplishments that help you to achieve your vision, which ultimately is driven by your purpose. You can’t directly access your purpose or your vision. The only thing you can directly impact are your daily decisions, your daily habits. Your daily habits, when aggregated, lead to a goal. That goal allows you to achieve your vision, which is purposeful. Are you going to let the ocean push you around and just float? Or are you going to get your sights set on the light house and start MAKING waves?? This week your challenge is define your purpose, your vision, and your goals. Stay tuned for next week to learn more about goals and what makes them good and actionable. But until then… GET AFTER IT!   PODCAST TRANSCRIPT   Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in once again to the Health Fitbiz Podcast. This is episode number 15 and this episode is going to help you figure out “What do I want out of life?” “Where should I be spending my time?” “How do I know what to do? What my bigger thoughts and desires are for life” and so this episode is about your purpose, your vision, and your goals. The three layers to the cake as you’ll see as we describe it at the beginning of the episode. This is a process both Anthony and I use to really set our mind on what are we trying to accomplish. What are we trying to do. Neither of us like to spin our wheels. I would imagine you don’t like spinning your wheels either. It could be hard to get the traction that you need sometimes but defining your purpose, your vision, and your goals will help you get out of the mud and start making real progress. So, without further ado, let’s listen in to episode 15. Anthony: Hello Dr. Ryan Debell. Ryan: Dr. Anthony Gustin A.K.A. Drag? Anthony: What? Ryan: Dr. Anthony Gustin. Anthony: Huh? Ryan: Drag? D-R-A-G? Anthony: What? Ryan: Is not what you call it? Anthony: Dr. Anthony Gustin. Here I am with Dr. Ryan Debell. Ryan: I was almost thinking to myself like “Do I need to restart the recording here?” Anthony: Welcome to another episode of the Health- Ryan: -Fit- Anthony: -Business- Ryan: -Pod- Anthony: -Cast. I’m your host, Dr. Anthony Gustin. Ryan: I’m your co-host. Anthony: Vice host. Ryan: Vice host. Vice co-host, Dr. Ryan Debell. Anthony: And today, we are talking you about something that we were getting a lot of questions but actually, all three people that listened to this podcast have actually said kind of a similar thing. Ryan: Now I look at the stats, it’s 8. Anthony: 8, okay. Growing rapidly, it’s crazy. Ryan: .5 (point-five) people per episode. Anthony: How do I–how do I figure out my actual goals and like how do I help my 10,000 people and like what do I really want to do? Well it requires some thought but we have come to the process that is simplified to something that we’ve used in the past, multiple times. Got to get some clarity about which goals we should be doing and then how to kind of attack things from a more of a big picture level and bring it down into digestible chunks. Ryan: So, essentially, when doing this there’s three…I guess you could say three levels of- Anthony: -layers to a cake. Ryan: There’s three layers to this cake. It’s a Paleo cake. Anthony: Grass-fed cake. Ryan: It’s a grass-fed cake. Non-GMO. Organic. Anthony: No antibiotics given to the cake. Ryan: This sounds like that email that you got. Anyways… Anthony: Let’s move on. Ryan: What are the three layers? Layer number 1 and the thing that really guides everything is…your purpose. Anthony: Yes and what about layer 2 of the cake? Ryan: Layer 2 is…your vision. Anthony: And from the vision you get… Ryan: Your goals. You know…Oh I have to find this. I have to find this quote while you talk about the purpose. Anthony: Okay. Ryan: Hold on, you go talk about the purpose I got to find this thing. Anthony: Okay. He’s going to research. So, to define what the purpose, vision, and goals are. Some kind of like big, lofty words that people usually just threw around. But how we define them are going to be as follows: purpose is what impact you’d really want to have in the world. The big, like why you exist. Right? The vision is going to be the way you’re actually going to make that impact. So the things you actually do to fulfill the purpose. And the goals, well we’ll call those SMART goals and we’ll kind of dive into what  makes those smart, are going to be the steps, specifically, and milestones you’re going to do and achieve to realize your vision. Right, so purpose leads to the vision which leads to the goals. Ryan: Exactly! Okay I found it. This is my…this is…I had to dig through my journal that I write as I read books every morning. Anthony: Hit me with the inspiration. Ryan: Well, this isn’t going to be a surprise but I just think it’s nestle fact. I’m sure you’ve never heard of Aristotle? Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: Aristotle wrote that “Human beings are…” gosh, I’m going to mispronounce this, “theological, (theological?) which means purpose-driven.” Now I know a lot of people are very…yeah. Anthony: Wait that was a quote? Ryan: No, that’s not a quote. That just a…that’s just the…Aristotle said it, you know? We’re purpose-driven. Human beings are purpose- Anthony: That what you want to dig through your journal for? Ryan: Well I want to remember what the word was. Anthony: Well we knew that, that’s why we’re doing this episode. Ryan: No the “theological.” That word. Anthony: Did you google that one… Ryan: I did google it. No, I did google it. Anthony: On Kindle you long pressed? Ryan: On my Kindle I long pressed and it gave me the definition. Anyways, my point is… Anthony: That is indeed a fun fact. Ryan: That is a fun fact. That is a fun fact. So here’s the point, we all know the book of  “Purpose Driven Life.” Anthony: What’s this? Ryan: Have you read the book of “Purpose Driven Life” or heard of it? Anthony: Negative. Ryan: What? This is like one of the most popular books. “Purpose Driven Life.” Anthony: Aristotle read it? Ryan: No Anthony: The theological? Ryan: The theological purpose–the theological driven life. No, human beings are purpose driven. So if you don’t know your purpose, you have nothing pulling you forward. So that’s why having the purpose as the top layer of the cake or… Anthony: …the bottom layer Ryan: There’s bottom layer I was going to asks that too. Anthony: All the frosting sits on top. Ryan: Having the purpose be the primary layer of the cake, like where it all begins I guess, is because human beings are driven by purpose, we’re not driven necessarily by a vision, we’re not driven necessarily by a goal. Goals are nice and they’re motivating, don’t get me wrong. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: But the purpose is what makes you have that passion and drive that cannot be stopped. Like when you watch certain people and you go like let’s talk about and let’s say umh…Elon Musk. Like the stuff that he does is unbelievable but because he has such a strong purpose. Anthony: Right. Ryan: And he knows his purpose like, human beings should be an intergalactic, you know, species. Like, that drives him. That purpose. And I don’t think a lot of people have defined their purpose. Anthony: Yes, purpose should be one of these things that doesn’t really change much. Maybe like every couple of years, maybe it will shift a little bit. Uh, purpose though should be kind of pretty core of who you are and it’s going to change from like I’m going to get the same purpose as you or vice versa. But, it’s usually a pretty ingrained thing when you’re adult. Like you should have your purpose pretty well defined. Ryan: Right, and then how does the vision relate to the purpose then? Anthony: So, the vision is how you’re going to actually get that purpose down. So, yeah, if you don’t have a clear purpose, you’re going to get distracted by these fleeting goals. “Oh I should maybe do this, I should do this, I should do that. I should do this.” But when it comes down to it, you’re going to be left unsatisfied ‘cause you’re not going to be attacking what you really want as a human being. And so figuring out your purpose you’ll be able to remove distractions and do everything that is really important to you. And so it’s the impact that you want to make. So friends it’s my purpose, for example, is to help people own the fundamentals of health and live life with the highest quality possible. And so, I’ve kind of broken that down into a bunch of the things we’ll go through with the vision looks like for that but basically I want people to know how to take control of their own health. I want to be able to do that all the time through everything I do. Your purpose? Ryan: My purpose, no I don’t have it written in front of me in such a nice, eloquent way. I’ll give you the essence of my purpose. I want to make movement simple. I want every human being to understand how to move their body. How to exercise without pain. That’s what I want. So that they can go do whatever they want to do in life without worrying about their shoulder or back hurting. Anthony: So, another way to think about…If you’re brainstorming how to figure out your purpose, just think about what’s important to you and then ask “why” a few different times. Ryan: Yeah, but why…asking the why and getting to the question behind the question or the answer behind the answer is it’s something like Tony Robbins would say like “What business are you in? What business are you really in?” You know what I’m saying?   Anthony, Yeah, I know. Ryan: Like, “What business are you in?” “I’m in the self-movement business.” “No you’re not. You’re in the business of getting people healthy.” Anthony: Correct. Ryan: What business am I in? I’m in the business of, you know, workshops. No I’m in the business of making movement simple so people can take control of their body. Anthony: Right, so if let’s say your a chirco, PT, or trainer or whatever and you say “Oh well I want to fix someone’s shoulder pain.” Why? Ryan: Yeah why do they…so they can, you know, maybe because they need to…they want to be able to reach up into their cupboard and get the coffee cup out. Anthony: And then why is it important for them to be able to get a coffee cup? You know asking “why” a couple different times will lead you to “Oh well I want people to be pain-free ‘cause I think that should be like a basic human right.” “I want people to like sort of yours…” I want people to be able to control their own health cause I think…” Ryan: Oh, I like that. “Being pain-free is a basic human right.” Anthony: We should make a shirt. You should make a shirt. Ryan: Good thing we have a couple of weeks ‘till this comes out so I can do that. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: I should make a shirt. Anthony: But just asking why several times about things that you think are important will lead you to this purpose. Kind of what will drive you ultimately through the world. Ryan: Got it, so once you have your purpose defined, then you can think about what does it look like…what gets you to being able to essentially move towards that purpose? Anthony: Right, so this… Ryan: That’s the vision. Anthony: This is a little bit more specific. This is, yeah, how would you envision yourself doing those things? And so for Elon Musk, he wants to make us an interplanetary species. His vision is to make spaceships that take us to different planets and have companies that he will solve energy with so that he can take us to Mars for instance. Ryan: Got it, and what’s your vision? Anthony: And so my vision would be to… Ryan: Take supplements interplanetary? Anthony: Yeah. shoot ‘em in the space. My vision is to be a leader in education for other clinicians. So that if I help other clinicians help other people, I’ll have the most impact on education as a whole. Ryan: Yeah, my vision is essentially the same, but for my own realm. Anthony: Right. Ryan: To be a leader in the world of movement–human movement. So that I can then influence everyone so they can go do my purpose essentially. Anthony: Exactly. So the vision is the how, the purpose is the why, and the goal’s kind of the day to day. Ryan: Day to day, week to week, month to month. Like what milestones do you need to get to in order to get to that vision? Anthony: Right, so let’s say my vision is to be a leader in education about the clinicians. So, you can kind of brainstorm about goals and we’ll probably do a separate episode about how you can do all those stuff and really hash out specific goals. But for instance, there’s always ways do this. I can have a podcast that has 8 listeners. I think the goal will be 10 now. Ryan: Oh, we just gained one. 9. Anthony: So maybe the goal for this month will be to get to 10 listeners in the podcast. Ryan: Okay. Anthony: Or it could be I want a–I should have an email list of 5,000 clinicians that follow me. Or whatever. So, these are very specific, measurable, actionable, realistic, and timed goals. Ryan: SMART. Anthony: Smart. S-M-A-R-T. Ryan: A smart goal. Anthony: And so, those are the best kind of goals that help then drive the vision. Ryan: Which allows you to get, you know, toward the purpose. Anthony: Right, and so all your goals are based upon this root layer of the cake. The purpose. Every time you accomplish a goal, you’re going to be super pumped. Ryan: Yeah and that’s more like, if you don’t have a purpose or a vision, it’s hard to know like what goals…there’s nothing really determining the goals. Anthony: Yeah, there’s no “why.” Ryan: Exactly, and so without that, they become much harder to achieve because there’s nothing driving the goals other than essentially the satisfaction of completing the goal. Anthony: They’re untheological. Ryan: Yeah, it’s very…It’s a very…Right, you want to have a purpose driven and vision driven goals. You don’t just want to have goals of like “Ah, I want to do X, I want to do Y, I want to do Z.” Thinking a couple layers deeper will make it infinitely easier to achieve your goals because now there’s something pulling you towards achieving those goals. There’s a reason, or dare I say, a purpose to achieving those goals. Anthony: Nice tie-in. Ryan: Thank you. Anthony: So… Ryan: And the goal should be SMART because smart goals, well let’s see, what did we say? Specific. So you actually have…how do I know, like let’s say your goal was like “I want to get a lot of people on my email list. That is not a goal that’s going to ever get done. Because it’s not specific. Instead it’s I want to get 5,000. It’s not measurable. Well, 5,000 you could measure that do I have it or not? Anthony: Yeah, well I mean look at your email list. You can see how fast it grows. You can see… Ryan: How do you take action on “I want a bigger email list.”? I guess maybe that goal is actionable because you, like, you actually want to make it bigger. Anthony: So, actionable would be putting different, you know, putting creating content around. Ryan: Right, but what is the action you take to make that happen? Realistic, if I said “Oh, right now I have an email list of one person, now I want to have 10 million people at the end of the month.” Not realistic. So you have to have a realistic goal and then time-dependent. “At the end of this month, I want to have X–you know 4000, 5000, on the list.” So that’s why the goal has to be SMART. Anthony: SMART. What’s your…what’s a smart goal for you? Ryan: What’s one of my SMART goals? Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: Well most of my smart goals, currently, they are based on me wanting to grow my influence in the movement-related world. So my goal actually right now is to get X number of followers in social media, X number of followers on my email list. Ryan: And then… Anthony: Well that’s not very smart. Ryan: By X number of days. I’m not going to give you my…I’m not going to reveal my– Anthony: Can’t share it? Ryan: I don’t want to share that. Anthony: Is this like a…like a wish? If you say it out loud, it doesn’t come true?    Ryan: I have it written down. The most important thing you can do with your goals is have them written down.  Anthony: I’m sorry, I was up in your um, what do you call it, your little office? Ryan: I would call that my office. Anthony: Yes, and a very smart goals up there written on a white board. Ryan: Yes, I do. Which we’ll talk about in another episode. But yes, think about your goals being SMART. The purpose and the vision will help you figure out what the goals are to actually matter for what you’re trying to achieve. Anthony: ‘Tis Challenge Time. Ryan: What is the weekly challenge? Dr. Gustin? Anthony: Weekly Challenge. Purpose, Vision, and Smart Goals. Think about it. Ryan: Think about it. I think that, uh, you know working on developing your purpose and your vision and then making one smart goal would be a good place to start. Anthony: Yeah, and how’re you going to do this? Not in your head, write it down. Ryan: Yeah you have to write it down. There’s an interesting quote from another book I was reading. Anthony: Humans… Ryan: 3% of human beings… Anthony: ..are… Ryan: …have written down goals, everybody else works for those people. Anthony: That’s very theological. You can to say that. Ryan: Is it? Alright, is it time to get after it? Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End.   The post 15 – Purpose, Vision, Goals appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

15 – Purpose, Vision, Goals

13 – Creating Content Worth Making

12 – Idea Creation and Daily Journaling

14 – Deep Work

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness Human beings are deadline driven creatures. We get most of the work done right before it has to get done. We need deadlines and we are also influenced by peer pressure. We can actually use these things to our advantage to make positive behavioral change. How? Social Accountability What is Social Accountability? We all have social media. We have an Instagram account or a Facebook account. If you have been wanting to do something like make a blog, film some videos, do a podcast, write a book, lose 20 lbs, whatever the thing is that you’ve been wanting to do, you need to make a public announcement to drive change. We need accountability in our lives. If things stay hidden away in your brain, that’s a recipe to never really getting it done. Examples One example right away is to look at my (Ryan) blog The Movement Fix. I made an announcement at the beginning of 2015 that I would make a video post every Monday called Movement Fix Monday. I posted that on all my accounts, sent it out to my email list, and made it the header image on my YouTube page.  Is my header image pretty? No. But it keeps me accountable and it’s perfectly imperfect.  A second example would be, let’s say, signing up for a marathon. Do you train really hard and THEN sign up for a marathon and then tell all your friends? Hell no. You sign up for a marathon, tell your friends, and then start training. Human Beings Need Deadlines We need deadlines to get stuff done, period. If all you do is keep yourself accountable to yourself, you’re missing out on big potential. Here is a graph I made showing the power of deadlines:  Pretty accurate. Point being, use social accountability to create deadlines, otherwise you get a little burst of stuff done, but you never complete the project and make big leaps ahead. This Episode’s Challenge Think about your audience, your goals, and make a public announcement on either Facebook, Instagram, or anywhere so that you get things done!   Episode Transcript   Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast. On this episode, what we’re going to be talking about is the idea is social accountability. One of the most challenging things to do is finish projects or to stay on a consistent basis with completing something like let’s say a blog post or a podcast or a video. Something of that nature. Now luckily, we have the internet. We have the social media. And so, you can use those things to your advantage to use social accountability. Human beings are deadline driven creatures. We also experience peer pressure so we can actually utilize those things to drive change and modify our behavior in a desirable way. So, for example, one of the things that you can do if you’ve been wanting to do weekly blogging, if you’ve been wanting to do you know lose weight, if you’ve been wanting to get say higher test scores or whatever it is. Make more money, whatever it is. If you use social media and proclaim publicly that I will do xzy on this date or every Thursday, I’ll release a video. Something like that and just put it out there. Now you have peer pressure and deadlines that are going to help change your behavior and drive you. So, that’s what we’ve got in store for your guys on this episode. Before we get in to it though, let me just say if you have not already been to our site healthfit.biz, make sure to head over there and enter your email address. We can stay in touch about all of the cool things we are working on.  So, head over there and without further ado, let’s listen in to this episode. Ryan: Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast. I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Anthony: And I’m your host Dr. Anthony Gustin. Ryan: Co-host. Anthony: Host. The main host. Ryan: We’re in your kitchen making strong eye contact. Anthony: Drinking strong coffee. Ryan: That is very strong coffee. What are we…? Let me see. This episode we’re going to talk about the power of social accountability. Anthony: Right. Ryan: What is social accountability? Anthony: Social accountability is being accountable in a social way.  Socially. Ryan: That’s helpful. Anthony: It’s about setting expectations to others so that you have accountability. Ryan: It’s actually really powerful, right? Anthony: It’s extremely powerful so this is a good… A good example of this, for instance, is someone who’s been struggling to quit smoking or to lose weight. When they have their own battle and it’s all internal, super difficult. Right? That consistency is very very tough. Ryan: Right. Anthony: But if you have a pool at work and everybody is trying to lose 10 pounds, you don’t want to be that one person left out. You’re setting these expectations to people around you and in your environment to be checking in with you to see if you’re doing those things that you said you are going to do. Right. Ryan: Unbelievably powerful to have accountability. Anthony: So, if I just have something in my to-do list that says like “every Monday I’m going to this.” The only person who cares is me. I don’t really care. Ryan: Right. Very few people have that internal ability. Self-accountability is really hard. Anthony: It’s a challenge. Ryan: If it was easy, Netflix wouldn’t be in business because everyone gets tired and they go “let’s just binge watch episodes of whatever.” Anthony: If it was easy, everybody would do whatever they wanted to do. Ryan: Right. Anthony: Because ultimately, it’s just self-accountability. Every decision you make… Ryan: The world would be a much productive place. Let’s give a concrete example from us. I’ll give an example of me using social accountability. The best example that I have is Movement Fix Monday. Two years ago, I made a public proclamation that every Monday… I said this on the first week of that year on my Facebook page, I said, and on my email list, I said “I’m going to make a video every Monday for this whole year.” So, once you publicly announce it, you are now socially accountable to that and it really changes your behavior because guess what? I made 52 posts that year every single Monday and you know what, if I don’t post it now, I get emails from people. “Where’s Movement Fix Monday?” So, I have people keep me, they keep me accountable but it wasn’t until I took that sort of leap of faith, I guess you could say, by publicly announcing “This is what I’m going to do. This is my plan.” Because you want to live up to that. You don’t want to say this and then fall off the bandwagon. It’s totally different in my head being like “I’m just going to make blog post when I feel like it.” Because you never feel like it. Maybe not never but do I feel like making a blog post every Monday? I’ve been lying if I said yes but because I have the social accountability, I’m like “I have to do this.”  It’s almost like an obligation that I’ve created for myself by using social media and people that are on my mailing list. Anthony:  Let me ask you this. Ryan: Okay. Ask away Anthony. Anthony: Of the first 52 videos that you made, Mondays, how many of those Sundays where you like “Shit! I have to do Movement Fix Monday because I said I have to do Movement Fix Monday.” Ryan: A lot actually and if I hadn’t have posted it publicly, I wouldn’t have done it to be honest. But there were lot of Sundays where I go “Oh crap! It’s 8 o’clock Sunday. I have to make this video. I have to do it” and I did it because I wanted to stay honest with both myself and the people that, you now, I kind of promised that I would do it for. If you don’t have a plan that you have like publicly stated, it’s really easy to fall of a consistent thing that you are trying to do. Consistency is key as you know. Anthony: Of course! Ryan: Consistency is key because one video a week turned out to be 52 videos. That’s a lot. Anthony: So, this obviously, in your example works very very well for things that you would like to repeatedly do. Ryan:  Yes. Anthony: The Movement Fix Monday is a great example of that. Ryan: There’s also single time events, right? Anthony: Yes, and so when I was… I wanted to get a certain project on the ground. I wanted to launch a protein powder last fall. I didn’t know where the hell to get what I wanted to get. I didn’t have a product made. Ryan: You just knew “I want to make this.” Anthony:  Yeah and I knew what I wanted and what the product should be. So, to all the people that were following I said “Hey guys! This product is coming out on this day.” I had no plan. I didn’t know what I was doing. I didn’t know where to get it. I didn’t know how to get it. I didn’t have the money to buy it at that time. There were so many unanswered questions. Ryan: But you started preselling it? Anthony: Yes. So, putting that expectations in people’s mind saying “Hey guys! You’re going to be getting this in six weeks” forced me to take actions way sooner and more effectively and more efficiently than I would have otherwise because I needed to get it done then and moving the needle forward. It was the biggest thing on my plate. Ryan: Human beings are deadline driven creatures. I’m having hard time with words today. Anthony: Sorry? Ryan: It’s okay. Anthony: Get some coffee. Ryan: Deadline driven. We are deadline driven. If you don’t have a deadline, things would just never get done. But if you have the social accountability either… mine’s a weekly deadline or “Hey I’m going to make this and it’s going to be available on this day” you will do whatever it takes to meet that deadline. It’s pretty incredible how much work, if you could graph out work done per day whether it’s like in a high school or a college or workplace. How much, what percentage of work gets done 48 hours before the deadline has to be met. Anthony: Right. Ryan: Probably 90%. Anthony: The more public you can make those things, the more you’re going to bust your ass to get them done. Ryan: Did people buy, did you already have those people’s money? Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: There you go. You have now not only just the announcement, people have given you money for product that you promised will be available on a certain day. You sure better believe that there’s some serious motivation there because those people hold you accountable and you don’t want to let them down. Anthony: Exactly. Honestly, another example of this is, we’re both extremely busy people, we want to put out this information so we thought “Hmmm… how can we use social accountability to get these episodes out on a consistent basis?” Ryan: Release schedule. Anthony: Yes. So, we are publicly saying everywhere we can, “Hey guys expect this out every Tuesday.” Ryan: Every Tuesday. Every Tuesday we will post a podcast. Rain or shine. Rain or shine. Why? Because first of all we know that consistency is key and that is true of any business anything that you are trying to do whether that’s exercise, losing weight, body composition changes, success in whatever area of life you’re trying to have success in. If you don’t have consistency, good luck. But we know that if we publicly announce everywhere, we are going to be held accountable. Even whether like it’s not actually real, there’s accountability out there. Anthony: It’s very real. Ryan: It is very real. Okay. Anthony: It’s too real. Ryan: I retract. I retract my statement. Having it out there is enough to keep us accountable to the consistent schedule. Anthony: I mean, we can make excuses every time I’m going to say “Hey Ryan! Want to do podcast? Let’s do another episode?” Ryan: “Nah.” Anthony: “I have this Movement Fix Monday episode to get out and it’s Monday so I better get on that.” Ryan: Right, right. But if we both are like “Dude, we got to. It’s Tuesday, we have to have a thing ready. We’ll do it!” Anthony: Yeah. There’s tons of schedule to, to kind of work ahead and make sure this is done so I mean. We’re prod an episode on batching tasks. Ryan: Doctor, can you push the button to get the coffee out? Anthony: Right there. Let it flow. Ryan: Here we go. It’s flowing. It’s flowing so nice. Anthony: Okay. We’ll do episodes on how to set up schedule and how to batch tasks so that you’re not every Sunday night for a Monday morning up to get a task. You got to do stuff. Ryan: Yeah. You’ve got to bulk record it. how many episode do we bulk recorded? Anthony: 354. Ryan: Yeah. If you’re not bulk recording, you are really putting a lot of unnecessary pressure on yourself. Anthony: So, that’s obviously a topic for another day but the most important thing is make it public as possible. Ryan: Yeah. So, whether that’s like, for Movement Fix Monday, that’s banner of my YouTube page. Like if you go to my YouTube page, the top bar says “new videos every Monday.” I can’t not get any more public. Can we say that on our banner for our Health Fit Biz? Anthony: Yeah, I think so. If it doesn’t, we’ll change it. Ryan: By the time you listen to this, it will be up there so figure out, what’s the challenge for this week Anthony? Anthony: When you guys are thinking about the ten thousand roles and trying to expand and do things to provide more value for more people think about the audience that you want to reach. Even if you have an Instagram page with 15 people, putting out there and saying “Hey guys, I need to do a podcast or a blogpost or post on Instagram every Monday or every Tuesday about whatever topic you want.” Make that as public as you can. Even if you don’t have that identified, let say you have some goal that you want to be reaching post it on Facebook for your friends to see. Say “Hey guys, I just want to put it out there. I want to lose 5 pounds this month.” Period. Enter. Send it. Ryan: Boom! I think another, before we go, one last great example of this is if you are going to run a marathon… Anthony: Too long for me. Ryan:  A half marathon. Anthony: Too long for me. Ryan: A 10k. Anthony: Too long for me. Ryan: A 5k. Anthony: Too long for me. Ryan: A 400-meter run. Anthony: Not bad. Ryan: A 4-yard dash. Anthony: I got it. Ryan: Whatever it is. Let’s say you’re going to do a half-marathon, you sign up and then you’ll end up being ready but if you wait until you are ready to sign up, you’re going backwards. So, that’s a great classic example. Don’t wait till you’re ready. Anthony: Yeah and you sign up with friends and you do it with friends. Ryan: Exactly! Social accountability. You can do it on a large scale because of the internet and that’s very powerful. What are we going to wait and see from everybody? Anthony: Identify some way you can provide value and make it as public as you can. How would you do that?  Whether that will be a onetime thing or a repeated thing? Ryan: So, I expect to see a lot of posts out there. Anthony: Oh yeah! Ryan: Seven, eight posts? Anthony: And all you seven people, say “Hey guys, I’m going to do this” and then we’re going to hold you accountable. Ryan: Yeah. You should take us. Take us in it.  I want to see it. That will be a golden nugget in this area, hidden gem in this episode. If you’re listening to this part and you post something, take us in it so we can see and give you additional high five. Anthony: Yeah. Double high five. Ryan: Double high five. Fist bump. Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post 8 – Social Accountability appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h4>Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram <a href="http://instagram.com/healthfitbusiness" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">@healthfitbusiness</a></h4> Human beings are deadline driven creatures. We get most of the work done right before it has to get done. We need deadlines and we are also influenced by peer pressure. We can actually use these things to our advantage to make positive behavioral change. How? Social Accountability <h4>What is Social Accountability?</h4> We all have social media. We have an Instagram account or a Facebook account. If you have been wanting to do something like make a blog, film some videos, do a podcast, write a book, lose 20 lbs, whatever the thing is that you’ve been wanting to do, you need to make a public announcement to drive change. We need accountability in our lives. If things stay hidden away in your brain, that’s a recipe to never really getting it done. <h4>Examples</h4> One example right away is to look at my (Ryan) blog The Movement Fix. I made an announcement at the beginning of 2015 that I would make a video post every Monday called Movement Fix Monday. I posted that on all my accounts, sent it out to my email list, and made it the header image on my YouTube page. Is my header image pretty? No. But it keeps me accountable and it’s <a href="http://healthfit.biz/perfectly-imperfect/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">perfectly imperfect. </a> A second example would be, let’s say, signing up for a marathon. Do you train really hard and THEN sign up for a marathon and then tell all your friends? Hell no. You sign up for a marathon, tell your friends, and then start training. <h4>Human Beings Need Deadlines</h4> We need deadlines to get stuff done, period. If all you do is keep yourself accountable to yourself, you’re missing out on big potential. Here is a graph I made showing the power of deadlines: Pretty accurate. Point being, use social accountability to create deadlines, otherwise you get a little burst of stuff done, but you never complete the project and make big leaps ahead. <h3>This Episode’s Challenge</h3> Think about your audience, your goals, and make a public announcement on either Facebook, Instagram, or anywhere so that you get things done! <h3>Episode Transcript</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast. On this episode, what we’re going to be talking about is the idea is social accountability. One of the most challenging things to do is finish projects or to stay on a consistent basis with completing something like let’s say a blog post or a podcast or a video. Something of that nature. Now luckily, we have the internet. We have the social media. And so, you can use those things to your advantage to use social accountability. Human beings are deadline driven creatures. We also experience peer pressure so we can actually utilize those things to drive change and modify our behavior in a desirable way. So, for example, one of the things that you can do if you’ve been wanting to do weekly blogging, if you’ve been wanting to do you know lose weight, if you’ve been wanting to get say higher test scores or whatever it is. Make more money, whatever it is. If you use social media and proclaim publicly that I will do xzy on this date or every Thursday, I’ll release a video. Something like that and just put it out there. Now you have peer pressure and deadlines that are going to help change your behavior and drive you. So, that’s what we’ve got in store for your guys on this episode. Before we get in to it though, let me just say if you have not already been to our site <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a>, make sure to head over there and enter your email address. We can stay in touch about all of the cool things we are working on.  So, head over there and without further ado, let’s listen in to this episode. Ryan: Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast. I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Anthony: And I’m your host Dr. Anthony Gustin. Ryan: Co-host. Anthony: Host. The main host. Ryan: We’re in your kitchen making strong eye contact. Anthony: Drinking strong coffee. Ryan: That is very strong coffee. What are we…? Let me see. This episode we’re going to talk about the power of social accountability. Anthony: Right. Ryan: What is social accountability? Anthony: Social accountability is being accountable in a social way.  Socially. Ryan: That’s helpful. Anthony: It’s about setting expectations to others so that you have accountability. Ryan: It’s actually really powerful, right? Anthony: It’s extremely powerful so this is a good… A good example of this, for instance, is someone who’s been struggling to quit smoking or to lose weight. When they have their own battle and it’s all internal, super difficult. Right? That consistency is very very tough. Ryan: Right. Anthony: But if you have a pool at work and everybody is trying to lose 10 pounds, you don’t want to be that one person left out. You’re setting these expectations to people around you and in your environment to be checking in with you to see if you’re doing those things that you said you are going to do. Right. Ryan: Unbelievably powerful to have accountability. Anthony: So, if I just have something in my to-do list that says like “every Monday I’m going to this.” The only person who cares is me. I don’t really care. Ryan: Right. Very few people have that internal ability. Self-accountability is really hard. Anthony: It’s a challenge. Ryan: If it was easy, Netflix wouldn’t be in business because everyone gets tired and they go “let’s just binge watch episodes of whatever.” Anthony: If it was easy, everybody would do whatever they wanted to do. Ryan: Right. Anthony: Because ultimately, it’s just self-accountability. Every decision you make… Ryan: The world would be a much productive place. Let’s give a concrete example from us. I’ll give an example of me using social accountability. The best example that I have is Movement Fix Monday. Two years ago, I made a public proclamation that every Monday… I said this on the first week of that year on my Facebook page, I said, and on my email list, I said “I’m going to make a video every Monday for this whole year.” So, once you publicly announce it, you are now socially accountable to that and it really changes your behavior because guess what? I made 52 posts that year every single Monday and you know what, if I don’t post it now, I get emails from people. “Where’s Movement Fix Monday?” So, I have people keep me, they keep me accountable but it wasn’t until I took that sort of leap of faith, I guess you could say, by publicly announcing “This is what I’m going to do. This is my plan.” Because you want to live up to that. You don’t want to say this and then fall off the bandwagon. It’s totally different in my head being like “I’m just going to make blog post when I feel like it.” Because you never feel like it. Maybe not never but do I feel like making a blog post every Monday? I’ve been lying if I said yes but because I have the social accountability, I’m like “I have to do this.”  It’s almost like an obligation that I’ve created for myself by using social media and people that are on my mailing list. Anthony:  Let me ask you this. Ryan: Okay. Ask away Anthony. Anthony: Of the first 52 videos that you made, Mondays, how many of those Sundays where you like “Shit! I have to do Movement Fix Monday because I said I have to do Movement Fix Monday.” Ryan: A lot actually and if I hadn’t have posted it publicly, I wouldn’t have done it to be honest. But there were lot of Sundays where I go “Oh crap! It’s 8 o’clock Sunday. I have to make this video. I have to do it” and I did it because I wanted to stay honest with both myself and the people that, you now, I kind of promised that I would do it for. If you don’t have a plan that you have like publicly stated, it’s really easy to fall of a consistent thing that you are trying to do. Consistency is key as you know. Anthony: Of course! Ryan: Consistency is key because one video a week turned out to be 52 videos. That’s a lot. Anthony: So, this obviously, in your example works very very well for things that you would like to repeatedly do. Ryan:  Yes. Anthony: The Movement Fix Monday is a great example of that. Ryan: There’s also single time events, right? Anthony: Yes, and so when I was… I wanted to get a certain project on the ground. I wanted to launch a protein powder last fall. I didn’t know where the hell to get what I wanted to get. I didn’t have a product made. Ryan: You just knew “I want to make this.” Anthony:  Yeah and I knew what I wanted and what the product should be. So, to all the people that were following I said “Hey guys! This product is coming out on this day.” I had no plan. I didn’t know what I was doing. I didn’t know where to get it. I didn’t know how to get it. I didn’t have the money to buy it at that time. There were so many unanswered questions. Ryan: But you started preselling it? Anthony: Yes. So, putting that expectations in people’s mind saying “Hey guys! You’re going to be getting this in six weeks” forced me to take actions way sooner and more effectively and more efficiently than I would have otherwise because I needed to get it done then and moving the needle forward. It was the biggest thing on my plate. Ryan: Human beings are deadline driven creatures. I’m having hard time with words today. Anthony: Sorry? Ryan: It’s okay. Anthony: Get some coffee. Ryan: Deadline driven. We are deadline driven. If you don’t have a deadline, things would just never get done. But if you have the social accountability either… mine’s a weekly deadline or “Hey I’m going to make this and it’s going to be available on this day” you will do whatever it takes to meet that deadline. It’s pretty incredible how much work, if you could graph out work done per day whether it’s like in a high school or a college or workplace. How much, what percentage of work gets done 48 hours before the deadline has to be met. Anthony: Right. Ryan: Probably 90%. Anthony: The more public you can make those things, the more you’re going to bust your ass to get them done. Ryan: Did people buy, did you already have those people’s money? Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: There you go. You have now not only just the announcement, people have given you money for product that you promised will be available on a certain day. You sure better believe that there’s some serious motivation there because those people hold you accountable and you don’t want to let them down. Anthony: Exactly. Honestly, another example of this is, we’re both extremely busy people, we want to put out this information so we thought “Hmmm… how can we use social accountability to get these episodes out on a consistent basis?” Ryan: Release schedule. Anthony: Yes. So, we are publicly saying everywhere we can, “Hey guys expect this out every Tuesday.” Ryan: Every Tuesday. Every Tuesday we will post a podcast. Rain or shine. Rain or shine. Why? Because first of all we know that consistency is key and that is true of any business anything that you are trying to do whether that’s exercise, losing weight, body composition changes, success in whatever area of life you’re trying to have success in. If you don’t have consistency, good luck. But we know that if we publicly announce everywhere, we are going to be held accountable. Even whether like it’s not actually real, there’s accountability out there. Anthony: It’s very real. Ryan: It is very real. Okay. Anthony: It’s too real. Ryan: I retract. I retract my statement. Having it out there is enough to keep us accountable to the consistent schedule. Anthony: I mean, we can make excuses every time I’m going to say “Hey Ryan! Want to do podcast? Let’s do another episode?” Ryan: “Nah.” Anthony: “I have this Movement Fix Monday episode to get out and it’s Monday so I better get on that.” Ryan: Right, right. But if we both are like “Dude, we got to. It’s Tuesday, we have to have a thing ready. We’ll do it!” Anthony: Yeah. There’s tons of schedule to, to kind of work ahead and make sure this is done so I mean. We’re prod an episode on batching tasks. Ryan: Doctor, can you push the button to get the coffee out? Anthony: Right there. Let it flow. Ryan: Here we go. It’s flowing. It’s flowing so nice. Anthony: Okay. We’ll do episodes on how to set up schedule and how to batch tasks so that you’re not every Sunday night for a Monday morning up to get a task. You got to do stuff. Ryan: Yeah. You’ve got to bulk record it. how many episode do we bulk recorded? Anthony: 354. Ryan: Yeah. If you’re not bulk recording, you are really putting a lot of unnecessary pressure on yourself. Anthony: So, that’s obviously a topic for another day but the most important thing is make it public as possible. Ryan: Yeah. So, whether that’s like, for Movement Fix Monday, that’s banner of my YouTube page. Like if you go to my YouTube page, the top bar says “new videos every Monday.” I can’t not get any more public. Can we say that on our banner for our Health Fit Biz? Anthony: Yeah, I think so. If it doesn’t, we’ll change it. Ryan: By the time you listen to this, it will be up there so figure out, what’s the challenge for this week Anthony? Anthony: When you guys are thinking about the ten thousand roles and trying to expand and do things to provide more value for more people think about the audience that you want to reach. Even if you have an Instagram page with 15 people, putting out there and saying “Hey guys, I need to do a podcast or a blogpost or post on Instagram every Monday or every Tuesday about whatever topic you want.” Make that as public as you can. Even if you don’t have that identified, let say you have some goal that you want to be reaching post it on Facebook for your friends to see. Say “Hey guys, I just want to put it out there. I want to lose 5 pounds this month.” Period. Enter. Send it. Ryan: Boom! I think another, before we go, one last great example of this is if you are going to run a marathon… Anthony: Too long for me. Ryan:  A half marathon. Anthony: Too long for me. Ryan: A 10k. Anthony: Too long for me. Ryan: A 5k. Anthony: Too long for me. Ryan: A 400-meter run. Anthony: Not bad. Ryan: A 4-yard dash. Anthony: I got it. Ryan: Whatever it is. Let’s say you’re going to do a half-marathon, you sign up and then you’ll end up being ready but if you wait until you are ready to sign up, you’re going backwards. So, that’s a great classic example. Don’t wait till you’re ready. Anthony: Yeah and you sign up with friends and you do it with friends. Ryan: Exactly! Social accountability. You can do it on a large scale because of the internet and that’s very powerful. What are we going to wait and see from everybody? Anthony: Identify some way you can provide value and make it as public as you can. How would you do that?  Whether that will be a onetime thing or a repeated thing? Ryan: So, I expect to see a lot of posts out there. Anthony: Oh yeah! Ryan: Seven, eight posts? Anthony: And all you seven people, say “Hey guys, I’m going to do this” and then we’re going to hold you accountable. Ryan: Yeah. You should take us. Take us in it.  I want to see it. That will be a golden nugget in this area, hidden gem in this episode. If you’re listening to this part and you post something, take us in it so we can see and give you additional high five. Anthony: Yeah. Double high five. Ryan: Double high five. Fist bump. Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/social-accountability/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">8 – Social Accountability</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

8 – Social Accountability

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness Habit formation is the root of all success…and also failure. What you do day in and day out is what really makes you who you are and either helps you or hurts you. If you can use the power of habits to your advantage, you can get so much amazing stuff done with seemingly little effort once the habit is formed. Think about the first time you ever drove a car. You had to spend mental effort on every little step of the process. How to open the car door, how to put the key into the ignition, how to take off the parking brake, etc. etc. Now, after having done that so many times, you don’t even think about it. A thing that took a lot of effort now has become something so simple you’d think it was silly that someone had to think for even a moment about how to do it. Other processes in your life can develop in the same way if you work on making them into a habit. For example, cooking dinner yourself from scratch could be challenging to do at first when you are still learning how to cook. But if you gave it enough time, if you made it into a habit that you cooked 5 nights/week, eventually cooking a health meal for dinner would seem easy and normal and wouldn’t take the kind of effort you had to put into it before. Or consider something work related. Consider making a blog post every week. At first you have to learn the back end of a website. You have to figure out how to get featured images, how to come up with and write content. But after you’ve spent enough time doing it, week in and week out, you could do it in your sleep. The hard part, then, is developing the habit. There are two ways we want to present to you in this article that you can use to develop a habit. Way 1 – Anchoring/association Use something you like and connect it to the habit you are trying to create. For example, you want to write a blog post once a week, but you find it hard or intimidating. Take something you enjoy, say a good cup of coffee, and don’t let yourself have that coffee until you’ve written your blog post. Do this every day or every other day (so you build a small backlog of posts) for a week or two until you learn the ropes of how to perform this task. After doing it for those 7 or 14 days in a row, you’ll find that you’ve learned the steps on how to perform this task. Now eventually you’ll begin to do this weekly. So find a weekly reward that you can use in the same way. Eventually you won’t need any bribe because you’ll do it automatically as it is now a habit. Way 2 – Social Accountability As we’ve talked about in a previous episode, you can use social accountability as a way to force yourself to take action on a repetitive basis. Use social pressure to make a claim that you will do xyz each week for 1 year (or something along those lines). What you’re doing here is using that pressure to help yourself intentionally develop a habit. Before, we talked about how you can use social accountability to take massive action. Now we are layering on top of that habit formation. Not only are you going to take action because of social accountability, but now we can think about it in terms of habit formation as well. This Week’s Challenge Identify a process or a task that you find hard or intimidating that you should be doing but aren’t. Choose either anchoring or social accountability and use one of those two tools as a way to make that challenging task into a habit so that over time you can get it done with much less effort. Now get after it!   Episode Transcript Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in once again to the Health Fit Biz podcast. This is episode number eleven. And what we are talking about in this episode is how you can utilize habits and the way habits develop in the brain to get challenging tasks done without effort by utilizing habit formation. And so, what we’re going to talk about in this episode why that matters and also techniques you can use to help yourself form these habits to make doing consistent work seem effortless over time. So, if you’re in school we can think about the habit of getting projects done on time or how making habit of studying in a certain way or if you’re in the business world you could be thinking of how to develop a habit to get certain processes done. How to get things done on a daily or weekly basis. Get a ton of work done in a seemingly effortless way.  So, without further ado, let’s listen in to episode number 11. Anthony: Welcome Ryan! Dr. Ryan Debell and all you beautiful listeners out there. This is another episode of the Health Ryan: Fit Anthony: Biz Ryan: Pod Anthony: Cast. Ryan: Did you say pad-cast? Anthony: I don’t know. Alright. Welcome! Ryan: Welcome to the HFBP Anthony: This episode is brought to you by one of the favorite things Ryan likes to do which is… Ryan: It’s brought to you by concept that I like. The concept I guess that I like is I like to think about habits and how habits allow you to get things done without a lot of effort. Anthony: How is this one these words that people hear over and over again? And changing habits? Stalling habits. Ryan: Picking my nose and eating it. Stop biting my nails. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: Yeah, right?! Anthony: Bad habits, good habits. Ryan: Yeah, exactly. Anthony: What’s the different way to think about this? What a habit is and how they are instilled? Ryan: Why was I coughing on this? There’s dust in the screen, phone tip of this microphone Anthony: Drink some coffee. Ryan: So, we think of like “Oh! Good habit, that’s a bad habit.” I think of trying to take a task that you have to commonly do. Turn that into a habit so that it becomes extremely easy for you to do a process without a lot of mental energy. So, what I mean by this is… Let me give you a good example. Anthony: Okay. Ryan: Think of something that makes you tired that you have to do for a job or for work or at home. Okay. Once you can make yourself do that like daily or weekly and you have a way that you consistently do it, you actually have to use less mental energy to perform that task once it develops into a habit. So, if you can turn tasks that have to be accomplished into a habit by doing them consistently at the same time or the same way, it means that you can do the same amount of work but more easily with less effort less energy and so you can effectively do things. You can do more things. One example of this and I don’t mean to demean, not demean but say that like the workshops that I do are a habit. Okay? But let me give you an example, when I first started doing workshops I would come back from them, I like literally couldn’t talk to anybody for a day because I was so tired. I was so mentally fatigued, I had no energy. After doing them a lot and going through the habit of how do I send out emails, how do I organize it, how do I do xy and z, I don’t ever get tired now. Because mentally, I’ve done it so many times that it becomes much simpler. So, that’s one, that’s a large habit if you will, the way a sequence of events that you do over and over and over again. Let’s say also for example, well Anthony can you think of a habit or a process you’ve gone through so many times that the mental energy is less because you’ve gotten accustomed to it. Anthony: All throughout a court ball that you hear. Ryan: Okay, tell me a court ball. Anthony: Say it was my awareness that I was unable to create the habits that I wanted to create and the changes that I made to do so. So, for that example, I would say one of the things that I do now on a nightly basis is prioritize my tasks for the next day. So tht when I wake up, I don’t need to think and I just go straight in to the projects that I know need to be done. The highest leverage thing. Ryan: Okay. Anthony: Whenever I did that I, the next day will go very very well. But getting in to the routine and the habit of doing that for me for some reason was very very challenging. Ryan: Okay. So, how did you do it? Anthony: So, I set up the rules that because one rule was that I cannot eat dinner until I did this thing. So, it just became almost a reward for me. I said, “Okay I’m not going to eat until this happens.” So, now I am just in a routine where as in cleaning up in the kitchen, doing or getting things ready or about to have dinner. I just jot those things down and make sure that’s crossed out and boom was done! And now, I don’t even have to think about it. This to me it automatically happens as in preparing and getting ready for closing the night and hitting into rest mode. Boom! In the next day are taken cared of super-efficient. Another way people can do this is, I’ve known a lot of people to “I can’t have my coffee in the morning until I do A, B, or C.” Ryan: So essentially, you’re attaching a behavior change to something you’re already doing. Anthony: Something that yore already doing Ryan: Something that you want to do. Anthony: Something that you want to do. That’s the most important part there as making sure that you’re positively associating something. Ryan: Pavlovian. Anthony: Yes very. Ryan: Is that Pavlovian? Anthony: Yes. Ryan: Do you know what I mean? Anthony: Yeah. Dogs. I get it. Ryan: Ring the bell! Ring. Now, I want my dinner. Anthony: Yep. Ryan: Pavlovian. Pavlov. So, you’re essentially to create a behavior change you’re associating it with something that you enjoy. So, that “Hey, if I do this. I get a reward.” Anthony: So, for me, it was not like if this the not, it was more so can’t have this if not that. Ryan: Got it. Anthony: So, I was already doing and liking those things. I like to eat a lot. Ryan: You’re amazing chef. Anthony: And I like to drink coffee. Love it! Ryan: Yeah. I know you do. I’ve been watching all day. Anthony: So, those things didn’t really change. So, if I was saying “Hmmm…” If I do this then I get to have this thing that’s not already a routine. Well, then I would have had to create new habits. Getting a reward and doing nothing that caused the reward to happen.” And so, using things that are already built in to my routine, I’m already doing, that made things much much easier. Ryan: It’s like an anchoring point, essentially right? Anthony: Exactly. Ryan: You make a sequence, a sequence of events. And so, by having one event or one thing that you’re already doing you can layer extra things that you need to get done on that. So, it’s like, when I do this, I also do this, I also do this.  And then that makes it so it’s mentally less challenging and does not fatigue you that way that it would otherwise. Like “Uhh… I have to get myself to do these things and I’m just going to do it whenever I feel like it.” Well you’re not going to feel like it if you’ll be doing it.  So, if you make it into a series of events that’s associated with something that you like doing or something that you’re already doing, it allows you to make that behavior change which is really what you’re trying to get after when you’re forming a habit. Anthony: So, what else have you created positive habits around? In this area or technique like I said I was not allowing myself to eat or have coffee. Is there a way that you have successfully onboarded new habits that you wanted to change? Ryan: I think doing it like how you described where you’re associating with something that you are already or currently doing is effective, I think also part of it is just doing it. Anthony: Just keeping it consistent. Ryan: Keeping it consistent and maybe you use social accountability for that which is something that we’ve talked about before. Like for example, let’s talk about the habit that I’ve developed of making a video every week. Because essentially that’s a habit. Right? Now, this is where concepts start to come together. And the concept will be this, I wanted to create a habit of making a weekly blog post. In order to do that I have some accountability so I use social accountability to make me stay consistent and that helped me to form a habit of making this blog post weekly and then after doing it over and over and over and over again, the steps and the task became much simpler for to the point where I almost don’t have to think about how to do it, I’m just “this is part of what I do.” And then you look at it externally and then “Oh my gosh! You’re doing all the stuff.” And you go “Well, once you’re used to doing it, once it’s a habit we know that the mental effort required to perform a habit that is already deeply ingrained is very low.” So, by using social accountability, in my instance, I was able to develop a habit that allowed me to be productive without having to use a lot of effort and mental energy so that I can increase my productive output which helped me to get in to my 10,000. You see I’m saying? Anthony: Exactly. Ryan: So, all these concepts blend together. But that’s one thing I used in order to create a habit for myself. Anthony: And yeah, people are asking “Why do we need to change habits to be like this?” The biggest complaint that I’ve heard from colleagues of mine is “Why? You’re doing all these stuff and blah blah blah?” And I say “Okay. Why don’t you start writing a blog post or try posting on social media or start doing this to reach your ten thousand.” “Oh! It’s like such work.” Whatever. Ryan: Yeah. It is work! Anthony: You know how to eliminate that work? You create a habit. Ryan: Yes. Anthony: It’s seamless. It’s just like a reaction, what you do. Ryan: There’s a lot of interesting research in psychology on habits how, essentially, once you developed a habit it sorts of becomes the subconscious routine that you do. Like think about this, when you get in to your car do you think about like the steps required to turn a car on, reverse out of your parking spot and then start driving forward? Or do you sometimes do it automatically and you haven’t thought about the steps that you are doing? Now the first time you learn how to do that, it took you know “I have to do this…” Anthony: Mental input. Ryan: Right. Huge mental input. The first time that you started driving, it would be like “Oh my gosh. I’m getting on the freeway.  This is scary. Like I got to change lanes now.” Now, you don’t vent think about it. You’re on your… You’re eating and people are on their phone. I saw this one person who was eating, smoking and on their phone at the same time while they’re driving.  I guarantee no one was doing that when they were first time they’re driving right?! But once it becomes a habit and so deeply ingrained on how to perform these steps. The mental energy, now I’m not saying go out and smoke, be on your phone and eat while you’re driving. But once you develop a habit, you don’t even have to think about it. It’s developing the habit that’s the hard part. So, you can use anchoring like you described. Use social accountability like I described as methods to get yourself to develop a habit so you can change the behavior. Anthony: So, I think it’s that time. Ryan: For what? The weekly challenge? Anthony: The weekly challenge. Ryan: What is it? Tell me. Anthony: So, if you’re going through this process of figuring out “What’s my ten or ten thousand? How am I going to provide more value?” If you find yourself that’s kind of sticking on you like “Oh it will be kind of pain in the ass to do that.” We want you to think about that and then think about how you can use an associated task like coffee or dinner or social accountability like publishing tool (“We’re going to be doing this every Monday”) to start creating habits and making it an automatic thing that you do. Ryan: Yep. So, figure out what is something that’s challenging as you said associate it somehow to create the behavior change. Develop a habit and you will see that eventually it becomes something that before seemed monumental to achieve. Once it’s a habit, it’s almost insignificant to achieve. Anthony: Get after those habits guys. Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time.   End. The post 11 – Get More Done With Less Effort Using Habits appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h4>Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram <a href="http://instagram.com/healthfitbusiness" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">@healthfitbusiness</a></h4> Habit formation is the root of all success…and also failure. What you do day in and day out is what really makes you who you are and either helps you or hurts you. If you can use the power of habits to your advantage, you can get so much amazing stuff done with seemingly little effort once the habit is formed. Think about the first time you ever drove a car. You had to spend mental effort on every little step of the process. How to open the car door, how to put the key into the ignition, how to take off the parking brake, etc. etc. Now, after having done that so many times, you don’t even think about it. A thing that took a lot of effort now has become something so simple you’d think it was silly that someone had to think for even a moment about how to do it. Other processes in your life can develop in the same way if you work on making them into a habit. For example, cooking dinner yourself from scratch could be challenging to do at first when you are still learning how to cook. But if you gave it enough time, if you made it into a habit that you cooked 5 nights/week, eventually cooking a health meal for dinner would seem easy and normal and wouldn’t take the kind of effort you had to put into it before. Or consider something work related. Consider making a blog post every week. At first you have to learn the back end of a website. You have to figure out how to get featured images, how to come up with and write content. But after you’ve spent enough time doing it, week in and week out, you could do it in your sleep. The hard part, then, is developing the habit. There are two ways we want to present to you in this article that you can use to develop a habit. <h4>Way 1 – Anchoring/association</h4> Use something you like and connect it to the habit you are trying to create. For example, you want to write a blog post once a week, but you find it hard or intimidating. Take something you enjoy, say a good cup of coffee, and don’t let yourself have that coffee until you’ve written your blog post. Do this every day or every other day (so you build a small backlog of posts) for a week or two until you learn the ropes of how to perform this task. After doing it for those 7 or 14 days in a row, you’ll find that you’ve learned the steps on how to perform this task. Now eventually you’ll begin to do this weekly. So find a weekly reward that you can use in the same way. Eventually you won’t need any bribe because you’ll do it automatically as it is now a habit. <h4>Way 2 – Social Accountability</h4> As we’ve talked about in a previous episode, you can use social accountability as a way to force yourself to take action on a repetitive basis. Use social pressure to make a claim that you will do xyz each week for 1 year (or something along those lines). What you’re doing here is using that pressure to help yourself intentionally develop a habit. Before, we talked about how you can use social accountability to take massive action. Now we are layering on top of that habit formation. Not only are you going to take action because of social accountability, but now we can think about it in terms of habit formation as well. <h4>This Week’s Challenge</h4> Identify a process or a task that you find hard or intimidating that you should be doing but aren’t. Choose either anchoring or social accountability and use one of those two tools as a way to make that challenging task into a habit so that over time you can get it done with much less effort. Now get after it! <h3>Episode Transcript</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in once again to the Health Fit Biz podcast. This is episode number eleven. And what we are talking about in this episode is how you can utilize habits and the way habits develop in the brain to get challenging tasks done without effort by utilizing habit formation. And so, what we’re going to talk about in this episode why that matters and also techniques you can use to help yourself form these habits to make doing consistent work seem effortless over time. So, if you’re in school we can think about the habit of getting projects done on time or how making habit of studying in a certain way or if you’re in the business world you could be thinking of how to develop a habit to get certain processes done. How to get things done on a daily or weekly basis. Get a ton of work done in a seemingly effortless way.  So, without further ado, let’s listen in to episode number 11. Anthony: Welcome Ryan! Dr. Ryan Debell and all you beautiful listeners out there. This is another episode of the Health Ryan: Fit Anthony: Biz Ryan: Pod Anthony: Cast. Ryan: Did you say pad-cast? Anthony: I don’t know. Alright. Welcome! Ryan: Welcome to the HFBP Anthony: This episode is brought to you by one of the favorite things Ryan likes to do which is… Ryan: It’s brought to you by concept that I like. The concept I guess that I like is I like to think about habits and how habits allow you to get things done without a lot of effort. Anthony: How is this one these words that people hear over and over again? And changing habits? Stalling habits. Ryan: Picking my nose and eating it. Stop biting my nails. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: Yeah, right?! Anthony: Bad habits, good habits. Ryan: Yeah, exactly. Anthony: What’s the different way to think about this? What a habit is and how they are instilled? Ryan: Why was I coughing on this? There’s dust in the screen, phone tip of this microphone Anthony: Drink some coffee. Ryan: So, we think of like “Oh! Good habit, that’s a bad habit.” I think of trying to take a task that you have to commonly do. Turn that into a habit so that it becomes extremely easy for you to do a process without a lot of mental energy. So, what I mean by this is… Let me give you a good example. Anthony: Okay. Ryan: Think of something that makes you tired that you have to do for a job or for work or at home. Okay. Once you can make yourself do that like daily or weekly and you have a way that you consistently do it, you actually have to use less mental energy to perform that task once it develops into a habit. So, if you can turn tasks that have to be accomplished into a habit by doing them consistently at the same time or the same way, it means that you can do the same amount of work but more easily with less effort less energy and so you can effectively do things. You can do more things. One example of this and I don’t mean to demean, not demean but say that like the workshops that I do are a habit. Okay? But let me give you an example, when I first started doing workshops I would come back from them, I like literally couldn’t talk to anybody for a day because I was so tired. I was so mentally fatigued, I had no energy. After doing them a lot and going through the habit of how do I send out emails, how do I organize it, how do I do xy and z, I don’t ever get tired now. Because mentally, I’ve done it so many times that it becomes much simpler. So, that’s one, that’s a large habit if you will, the way a sequence of events that you do over and over and over again. Let’s say also for example, well Anthony can you think of a habit or a process you’ve gone through so many times that the mental energy is less because you’ve gotten accustomed to it. Anthony: All throughout a court ball that you hear. Ryan: Okay, tell me a court ball. Anthony: Say it was my awareness that I was unable to create the habits that I wanted to create and the changes that I made to do so. So, for that example, I would say one of the things that I do now on a nightly basis is prioritize my tasks for the next day. So tht when I wake up, I don’t need to think and I just go straight in to the projects that I know need to be done. The highest leverage thing. Ryan: Okay. Anthony: Whenever I did that I, the next day will go very very well. But getting in to the routine and the habit of doing that for me for some reason was very very challenging. Ryan: Okay. So, how did you do it? Anthony: So, I set up the rules that because one rule was that I cannot eat dinner until I did this thing. So, it just became almost a reward for me. I said, “Okay I’m not going to eat until this happens.” So, now I am just in a routine where as in cleaning up in the kitchen, doing or getting things ready or about to have dinner. I just jot those things down and make sure that’s crossed out and boom was done! And now, I don’t even have to think about it. This to me it automatically happens as in preparing and getting ready for closing the night and hitting into rest mode. Boom! In the next day are taken cared of super-efficient. Another way people can do this is, I’ve known a lot of people to “I can’t have my coffee in the morning until I do A, B, or C.” Ryan: So essentially, you’re attaching a behavior change to something you’re already doing. Anthony: Something that yore already doing Ryan: Something that you want to do. Anthony: Something that you want to do. That’s the most important part there as making sure that you’re positively associating something. Ryan: Pavlovian. Anthony: Yes very. Ryan: Is that Pavlovian? Anthony: Yes. Ryan: Do you know what I mean? Anthony: Yeah. Dogs. I get it. Ryan: Ring the bell! Ring. Now, I want my dinner. Anthony: Yep. Ryan: Pavlovian. Pavlov. So, you’re essentially to create a behavior change you’re associating it with something that you enjoy. So, that “Hey, if I do this. I get a reward.” Anthony: So, for me, it was not like if this the not, it was more so can’t have this if not that. Ryan: Got it. Anthony: So, I was already doing and liking those things. I like to eat a lot. Ryan: You’re amazing chef. Anthony: And I like to drink coffee. Love it! Ryan: Yeah. I know you do. I’ve been watching all day. Anthony: So, those things didn’t really change. So, if I was saying “Hmmm…” If I do this then I get to have this thing that’s not already a routine. Well, then I would have had to create new habits. Getting a reward and doing nothing that caused the reward to happen.” And so, using things that are already built in to my routine, I’m already doing, that made things much much easier. Ryan: It’s like an anchoring point, essentially right? Anthony: Exactly. Ryan: You make a sequence, a sequence of events. And so, by having one event or one thing that you’re already doing you can layer extra things that you need to get done on that. So, it’s like, when I do this, I also do this, I also do this.  And then that makes it so it’s mentally less challenging and does not fatigue you that way that it would otherwise. Like “Uhh… I have to get myself to do these things and I’m just going to do it whenever I feel like it.” Well you’re not going to feel like it if you’ll be doing it.  So, if you make it into a series of events that’s associated with something that you like doing or something that you’re already doing, it allows you to make that behavior change which is really what you’re trying to get after when you’re forming a habit. Anthony: So, what else have you created positive habits around? In this area or technique like I said I was not allowing myself to eat or have coffee. Is there a way that you have successfully onboarded new habits that you wanted to change? Ryan: I think doing it like how you described where you’re associating with something that you are already or currently doing is effective, I think also part of it is just doing it. Anthony: Just keeping it consistent. Ryan: Keeping it consistent and maybe you use social accountability for that which is something that we’ve talked about before. Like for example, let’s talk about the habit that I’ve developed of making a video every week. Because essentially that’s a habit. Right? Now, this is where concepts start to come together. And the concept will be this, I wanted to create a habit of making a weekly blog post. In order to do that I have some accountability so I use social accountability to make me stay consistent and that helped me to form a habit of making this blog post weekly and then after doing it over and over and over and over again, the steps and the task became much simpler for to the point where I almost don’t have to think about how to do it, I’m just “this is part of what I do.” And then you look at it externally and then “Oh my gosh! You’re doing all the stuff.” And you go “Well, once you’re used to doing it, once it’s a habit we know that the mental effort required to perform a habit that is already deeply ingrained is very low.” So, by using social accountability, in my instance, I was able to develop a habit that allowed me to be productive without having to use a lot of effort and mental energy so that I can increase my productive output which helped me to get in to my 10,000. You see I’m saying? Anthony: Exactly. Ryan: So, all these concepts blend together. But that’s one thing I used in order to create a habit for myself. Anthony: And yeah, people are asking “Why do we need to change habits to be like this?” The biggest complaint that I’ve heard from colleagues of mine is “Why? You’re doing all these stuff and blah blah blah?” And I say “Okay. Why don’t you start writing a blog post or try posting on social media or start doing this to reach your ten thousand.” “Oh! It’s like such work.” Whatever. Ryan: Yeah. It is work! Anthony: You know how to eliminate that work? You create a habit. Ryan: Yes. Anthony: It’s seamless. It’s just like a reaction, what you do. Ryan: There’s a lot of interesting research in psychology on habits how, essentially, once you developed a habit it sorts of becomes the subconscious routine that you do. Like think about this, when you get in to your car do you think about like the steps required to turn a car on, reverse out of your parking spot and then start driving forward? Or do you sometimes do it automatically and you haven’t thought about the steps that you are doing? Now the first time you learn how to do that, it took you know “I have to do this…” Anthony: Mental input. Ryan: Right. Huge mental input. The first time that you started driving, it would be like “Oh my gosh. I’m getting on the freeway.  This is scary. Like I got to change lanes now.” Now, you don’t vent think about it. You’re on your… You’re eating and people are on their phone. I saw this one person who was eating, smoking and on their phone at the same time while they’re driving.  I guarantee no one was doing that when they were first time they’re driving right?! But once it becomes a habit and so deeply ingrained on how to perform these steps. The mental energy, now I’m not saying go out and smoke, be on your phone and eat while you’re driving. But once you develop a habit, you don’t even have to think about it. It’s developing the habit that’s the hard part. So, you can use anchoring like you described. Use social accountability like I described as methods to get yourself to develop a habit so you can change the behavior. Anthony: So, I think it’s that time. Ryan: For what? The weekly challenge? Anthony: The weekly challenge. Ryan: What is it? Tell me. Anthony: So, if you’re going through this process of figuring out “What’s my ten or ten thousand? How am I going to provide more value?” If you find yourself that’s kind of sticking on you like “Oh it will be kind of pain in the ass to do that.” We want you to think about that and then think about how you can use an associated task like coffee or dinner or social accountability like publishing tool (“We’re going to be doing this every Monday”) to start creating habits and making it an automatic thing that you do. Ryan: Yep. So, figure out what is something that’s challenging as you said associate it somehow to create the behavior change. Develop a habit and you will see that eventually it becomes something that before seemed monumental to achieve. Once it’s a habit, it’s almost insignificant to achieve. Anthony: Get after those habits guys. Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/11-get-done-using-habits/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">11 – Get More Done With Less Effort Using Habits</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

11 – Get More Done With Less Effort Using Habits

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness This week on the Health Fit Business Podcast, we are talking about morning routines. Taking control of your day starts as soon as you wake up. Having a morning routine is critical to your success and taking ownership and control of your life. If you don’t have a morning routine, life is going to pull you around and you’ll never have a good command over it. First and foremost, you absolutely have to do something with your phone so that you don’t wake up, check your phone, and get pulled into it by notifications. Turning off notifications is something we advocate strongly for, but if that is too much for you right now, just put your phone into airplane mode during the night and don’t take it out until you’ve completed your morning routine. This will allow you to start the day off in control without being pulled into multiple directions by seemingly important tasks that really can wait. You’ll also be better off by putting those things off and learning that they aren’t as important as they seem. Everyone has a different morning routine. We both share a bit about ours in the audio of this episode, but generally it looks like this:  Wake up Immediately get up out of bed Go to the bathroom Go make coffee Drink Coffee Spend 10 minutes doing some mindfulness or meditation Read for 10 or so minutes Do some movement for 10 minutes Get on with the day  You can add to this, subtract from it, whatever you need. This is a great starting point. If you follow this for a week, you will see some pretty quick changes. Get after it! This Episode’s Challenge Start doing a morning routine and stick with it all week!   Podcast Transcript Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. This episode, what Anthony and I are going to talk about is the power of morning routines, how we use them, what each of our morning routines looks like as well as why you should be doing it. We started each doing morning routines, maybe one or two years ago, and the power that starting your day off like that has on the rest of your life is incredible. If you are not using morning routines and setting aside time in the morning to go through a structured series of events, you are seriously missing out on one of the most effective things you could be doing for yourself. So, without further ado please enjoy this episode on morning routines. Anthony: Ryan welcome! Ryan: Hey Anthony! How’s it going? Good to see you again! Anthony: Yes, you as well. Ryan: We’re here in a… are we downtown? Anthony: Kind of. Mid-market San Francisco. Hanging out. Ryan:   I’m back in town because I was doing class in Santa Cruz and so I stayed the extra day here, so we can hang out and record more podcast. What are we going to talk about this episode? Anthony: Today is all about the power of routines. Ryan: Specifically, morning, right? Anthony: Morning, right. I think we’ll talk about afternoon and nighttime as well but just setting the day up for success, how that looks like and how do we each do it. Ryan: So, I think it’s important that… It is easy to kind of let the day get away from you if you don’t start it a specific way each day. What I’ve been doing over the last several months is I will do the same thing every single morning and I know you do that too because we’ve talked about it. What we want to do is give you guys a glimpse of what a morning routine looks like and talk about why it is helpful. Why you would want to spend time developing them. So, I think the first things that we should do is kind of talk about our own morning routines to give examples of what that actually looks like. Anthony: Yeah. And just to give you a frame of reference I know, I used to wake up especially when I was in school, when I first got up, every morning kind of in a rush, stress out, I’ll get to work. My whole day will be awful. You know when those mornings when nothing is going right. There is a way to head against that and be able to have the most amount of success for the rest of the day. Ryan: You can wake up at the right side of the bed every time.  I’ve been asking a lot of people, like patients I know, a lot of people I work with “What is their morning look like?” and a lot of people will wake up, roll out of bed, drink coffee and then immediately leave to go to their job. I think that is not how to set your day up for success both like productivity wise as well as mentally. What I do is I actually is I try to wake up at least 2 hours before I have any sort of commitment where I have to be somewhere.  So, let’s say for example that I start seeing people in my clinic at like 9am, I’ll wake up at least, I’ll wake up before seven  because I need time to do my morning routine, to wake up, to start my day up right, so that the rest of my day is much better. That is just a very intentional thing. Do you do something like that? Anthony: Yeah. Exactly, and a lot of people say even if you wake up earlier. The routine that people get up, they are super stressed, some coffee and some light breakfast, take a quick shower and go to work. That is super stressful. Even if you got up few hours earlier and didn’t use that time in a structured manner to get the most out of your day, well then you’re still at a loss, you are still in bed and flipping through social media or getting distracted by emails, or caught in YouTube rat hole.  So, having that structured routines before is super powerful. I did the same thing so.. Ryan: What’s your routine actually look like? Anthony: So, my routine has been kind of honed over a course of a few years here and I’m still experimenting but it’s usually about 5:30, 5:45 wake up. From their I go straight to a little bit of journaling, (so that’s just, so we talked about journaling and the power of that in another episode), but setting up expectations of what I want to do that day.  Things that I’m grateful for, kind of like set a positive mindset. Going straight from there in to mindfulness which is kind of de-stress giving kind of a level playing field. From there, I do a little bit of movement and usually take a cold shower. Well, always happening, I have coffee going, and I think that is given obviously. Get cup of one of 19. And then from that, for my PM routine, I actually have a good set of priorities that after that morning routine is done, everything is set, I’m super focused, and I’m ready to dive into the deep work session in the morning in what I’m about to do. Ryan: Nice. So, that’s actually interesting! That’s very different from mine. So, I think it’s good. Not everyone has the same morning routines. Anthony: Exactly! And so, from yours, where did you start and where you at now? Ryan: Me? Anthony: Yes. Ryan: So, let me kind of tell what it looks like now. I think it is just as important as the things that I do as the things that I don’t do. What I mean by that is one thing that I have to change in my morning routine was I don’t look at my phone and I don’t look at social media. I don’t do that kind of stuff. So, that has  totally eliminated from what I do right when I get off bed. Usually something that I did was I’ll be in bed, I’ll wake up, grab my phone, I would like look at you know, emails, Facebook or whatever and  I would just like end up doing that for 20 minutes. Anthony: It’s the worst. Ryan: It’s the worst thing you could be doing in your life and I mean that sincerely because it is just starting you off from this like very distracted day. So, what I do instead is this – first of all, I don’t have notifications on my phone -we’ll talk about that later –  but I get up, I go to the bathroom, I go downstairs, I make coffee, I drink the coffee out on my deck while I just sit there. I just sit there and I drink my coffee, then what I do once I’m done with my coffee, I do. Did we talk about this last night? I don’t like using the term meditation because it sounds like woohoo new age, like some, is this some spiritual thing. Is this like a… Anthony: Well, I tried to sidestep that by saying I do mindfulness. Ryan: Yes, you said mindfulness. I know what you meant. So, I would do meditation but I need to put an asterisk by that. I think the general sense of what meditation is not like accurate. It essentially is I use an app. I use Headspace –  Headspace once in awhile. So, I use an app called Headspace, and what it is like a ten to  twenty-minute session depending on how far you are into it you are where it is basically clearing out your mind, focusing your attention. I just don’t know how I can start my day without it now because it primes your brain for the rest of the day. So, I’ll do this coffee drinking   or I just hang out, don’t do, no panicky stuff then I’ll do the mindfulness/meditation, then I do a basic like three to five-minute movement routine and I’ve made a video of this on my blog called my morning movement routines. I’ll do something similar to that and then I will get started with the rest of my day.  So, that’s essentially what it looks like. Sometimes depending on how I’m feeling I’ll also do gratefulness type of exercises where I will just think about things that I appreciate      and I’ll try to recreate the emotion of feeling of what that’s like so I start my day with sort of happy feelings I guess you could say. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: That’s a totally different way of starting your day than like  getting in bed, looking on Facebook, looking at whatever thing is going wrong, looking at your email, and seeing all these… It is a complete 180 from that. Anthony: So, like every day, when you wake up there are eventually going to be fires you need put out and stressful things that are going to pop out.  The power of having your routine is being able to control your mindset before you start attacking those things.   So, if you wake up and you immediately going to Facebook, social media, news stories, emails, whatever it may be or even straight into work, you have no frame of reference and no foundation of mental status to be able to approach that. And so, you are easily shaken, you are easily stressed, you are easily agitated. Having each of these morning routines for both of us has got a huge step in the right directions to be able to deal with things more effectively and with a kind of I guess better calmness. Ryan: And I think the biggest thing that has change for me is really two things – I am more patient throughout the day now because of this and I don’t get easily aggravated like when I didn’t have these routines in the morning and I didn’t really spend the time doing this, I will be easily agitated by the smallest things and just doesn’t happen to me anymore. Anthony: Right and so you’re going to be able to step back and be able to process things as they pop up instead of reacting to them in a kind of annoyed way. Ryan: Yeah exactly. So, do you want to add anything to that? Anthony: I think when I started learning about this stuff, it was a common trend that everybody that was super successful and getting a lot of stuff done was mastering their own routine in the morning and I forgot where I heard this but daily rituals… I think in Amazon, it goes through a bunch by I think by Mason Currey and goes throughout history like Benjamin Franklin, what his morning routines was, what his daily rituals were. When I was reading this book, it was a common thing that the most successful people on there had their mornings on locked down. They protected them every single morning, every single day for years and years and years. So, I thought, there might be something to this morning routine. So that’s when I started experimenting on them and it kind of building and testing since then. Ryan: I think different things work for different people and the idea is everyone is not going to do it the same. But you do, you experiment, you find out what works for you and be consistent with it because the effects don’t happen after day one or day two.  After couple of weeks, you really start to feel difference in your emotions and sort of how you think and how you react. It just does not happen right away.  Anthony: To see some… So, everyone is obviously individuals with what routines  make them successful and set them up for the best throughout the day, I think there’s some commonalities here. Both you and I we don’t check anything. I think that is the biggest thing. Ryan: Don’t get people access through morning, Anthony: Your routine can’t be –  first thing I do in the morning is check social media or email. Ryan: It serves no purpose other than those apps are like turned into games because you want to see that little red notifications and it gives you this instant gratification but that really does not help you in anyway other than probably release some chemicals in your brain that make you like excited just like a game. I’m sure there are game developers that help them with their app that makes them addictive. Anthony: So, clearly not dealing with manufactured emergencies or things that don’t set you up for success for the rest of the day. Like what I was saying earlier, I do a lot of journaling, setting up stage for my day. We both do kind of mental prep to get us in the right zone. And so, it’s all foundational stuff so that the rest of the day can be as intentional as possible and less reactionary. Does that make sense? Ryan: It makes sense to me. So, what’s our weekly challenge? Anthony: Our weekly challenge would be to make a routine for yourself and I think that this just could start with just one simple thing. It does not need to be super complex. Like I said I’ve refined mine in a kind of over course of the last few years.  We just take some time to get up, we just take some time to do something for yourself, and not reacting to something, at least huge and be able to stick to that for the next seven days. Ryan: What I might want to add to that too is don’t worry about it being this perfect routine and don’t feel like you have to make it perfect before you do it.  Maybe you wake up thirty minutes before work right now, and for the next week that means just waking up an extra 45 minutes early so you don’t feel rushed and then you can start adding a thing or two. Make something over this next week and do it for seven days. And then start changing it, adding it, modifying it as needed but you can’t freestyle it until you have something sort of consistent to based off what you want to change. Anthony: And don’t feel guilty if you fall off a routine. I know there’s a huge impact when I stick to my routine. That’s very very helpful. I know last year though when I was traveling, I would fall off then even when I return from traveling, I will be off for few days and I will be super anxious and aggravated and always feel like my days were not under control. So, I end up creating like a home away routine to stay on track but it is normal to fall off and get back on.  So, do not be worried of that. But for the next seven days like the good doctor here is saying, start small and then add to that each week to see and start noticing differences. Ryan: Awesome! So, that’s what we got for you guys this episode. Let us know in the comments or email, how the week went for you, what the routine looks like. Any feedback you have is appreciated. Until next time. Is that the way to end this? Anthony: Yeah. Until next time. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes, make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notification to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog post sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time.   The post 5 – Take Control of Your Morning appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h4>Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram <a href="http://instagram.com/healthfitbusiness" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">@healthfitbusiness</a></h4> This week on the Health Fit Business Podcast, we are talking about morning routines. Taking control of your day starts as soon as you wake up. Having a morning routine is critical to your success and taking ownership and control of your life. If you don’t have a morning routine, life is going to pull you around and you’ll never have a good command over it. First and foremost, you absolutely have to do something with your phone so that you don’t wake up, check your phone, and get pulled into it by notifications. Turning off notifications is something we advocate strongly for, but if that is too much for you right now, just put your phone into airplane mode during the night and don’t take it out until you’ve completed your morning routine. This will allow you to start the day off in control without being pulled into multiple directions by seemingly important tasks that really can wait. You’ll also be better off by putting those things off and learning that they aren’t as important as they seem. Everyone has a different morning routine. We both share a bit about ours in the audio of this episode, but generally it looks like this: <ul> <li>Wake up</li> <li>Immediately get up out of bed</li> <li>Go to the bathroom</li> <li>Go make coffee</li> <li>Drink Coffee</li> <li>Spend 10 minutes doing some mindfulness or meditation</li> <li>Read for 10 or so minutes</li> <li>Do some movement for 10 minutes</li> <li>Get on with the day</li> </ul> You can add to this, subtract from it, whatever you need. This is a great starting point. If you follow this for a week, you will see some pretty quick changes. Get after it! <h3>This Episode’s Challenge</h3> Start doing a morning routine and stick with it all week! <h3>Podcast Transcript</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. This episode, what Anthony and I are going to talk about is the power of morning routines, how we use them, what each of our morning routines looks like as well as why you should be doing it. We started each doing morning routines, maybe one or two years ago, and the power that starting your day off like that has on the rest of your life is incredible. If you are not using morning routines and setting aside time in the morning to go through a structured series of events, you are seriously missing out on one of the most effective things you could be doing for yourself. So, without further ado please enjoy this episode on morning routines. Anthony: Ryan welcome! Ryan: Hey Anthony! How’s it going? Good to see you again! Anthony: Yes, you as well. Ryan: We’re here in a… are we downtown? Anthony: Kind of. Mid-market San Francisco. Hanging out. Ryan:   I’m back in town because I was doing class in Santa Cruz and so I stayed the extra day here, so we can hang out and record more podcast. What are we going to talk about this episode? Anthony: Today is all about the power of routines. Ryan: Specifically, morning, right? Anthony: Morning, right. I think we’ll talk about afternoon and nighttime as well but just setting the day up for success, how that looks like and how do we each do it. Ryan: So, I think it’s important that… It is easy to kind of let the day get away from you if you don’t start it a specific way each day. What I’ve been doing over the last several months is I will do the same thing every single morning and I know you do that too because we’ve talked about it. What we want to do is give you guys a glimpse of what a morning routine looks like and talk about why it is helpful. Why you would want to spend time developing them. So, I think the first things that we should do is kind of talk about our own morning routines to give examples of what that actually looks like. Anthony: Yeah. And just to give you a frame of reference I know, I used to wake up especially when I was in school, when I first got up, every morning kind of in a rush, stress out, I’ll get to work. My whole day will be awful. You know when those mornings when nothing is going right. There is a way to head against that and be able to have the most amount of success for the rest of the day. Ryan: You can wake up at the right side of the bed every time.  I’ve been asking a lot of people, like patients I know, a lot of people I work with “What is their morning look like?” and a lot of people will wake up, roll out of bed, drink coffee and then immediately leave to go to their job. I think that is not how to set your day up for success both like productivity wise as well as mentally. What I do is I actually is I try to wake up at least 2 hours before I have any sort of commitment where I have to be somewhere.  So, let’s say for example that I start seeing people in my clinic at like 9am, I’ll wake up at least, I’ll wake up before seven  because I need time to do my morning routine, to wake up, to start my day up right, so that the rest of my day is much better. That is just a very intentional thing. Do you do something like that? Anthony: Yeah. Exactly, and a lot of people say even if you wake up earlier. The routine that people get up, they are super stressed, some coffee and some light breakfast, take a quick shower and go to work. That is super stressful. Even if you got up few hours earlier and didn’t use that time in a structured manner to get the most out of your day, well then you’re still at a loss, you are still in bed and flipping through social media or getting distracted by emails, or caught in YouTube rat hole.  So, having that structured routines before is super powerful. I did the same thing so.. Ryan: What’s your routine actually look like? Anthony: So, my routine has been kind of honed over a course of a few years here and I’m still experimenting but it’s usually about 5:30, 5:45 wake up. From their I go straight to a little bit of journaling, (so that’s just, so we talked about journaling and the power of that in another episode), but setting up expectations of what I want to do that day.  Things that I’m grateful for, kind of like set a positive mindset. Going straight from there in to mindfulness which is kind of de-stress giving kind of a level playing field. From there, I do a little bit of movement and usually take a cold shower. Well, always happening, I have coffee going, and I think that is given obviously. Get cup of one of 19. And then from that, for my PM routine, I actually have a good set of priorities that after that morning routine is done, everything is set, I’m super focused, and I’m ready to dive into the deep work session in the morning in what I’m about to do. Ryan: Nice. So, that’s actually interesting! That’s very different from mine. So, I think it’s good. Not everyone has the same morning routines. Anthony: Exactly! And so, from yours, where did you start and where you at now? Ryan: Me? Anthony: Yes. Ryan: So, let me kind of tell what it looks like now. I think it is just as important as the things that I do as the things that I don’t do. What I mean by that is one thing that I have to change in my morning routine was I don’t look at my phone and I don’t look at social media. I don’t do that kind of stuff. So, that has  totally eliminated from what I do right when I get off bed. Usually something that I did was I’ll be in bed, I’ll wake up, grab my phone, I would like look at you know, emails, Facebook or whatever and  I would just like end up doing that for 20 minutes. Anthony: It’s the worst. Ryan: It’s the worst thing you could be doing in your life and I mean that sincerely because it is just starting you off from this like very distracted day. So, what I do instead is this – first of all, I don’t have notifications on my phone -we’ll talk about that later – but I get up, I go to the bathroom, I go downstairs, I make coffee, I drink the coffee out on my deck while I just sit there. I just sit there and I drink my coffee, then what I do once I’m done with my coffee, I do. Did we talk about this last night? I don’t like using the term meditation because it sounds like woohoo new age, like some, is this some spiritual thing. Is this like a… Anthony: Well, I tried to sidestep that by saying I do mindfulness. Ryan: Yes, you said mindfulness. I know what you meant. So, I would do meditation but I need to put an asterisk by that. I think the general sense of what meditation is not like accurate. It essentially is I use an app. I use Headspace –  Headspace once in awhile. So, I use an app called Headspace, and what it is like a ten to  twenty-minute session depending on how far you are into it you are where it is basically clearing out your mind, focusing your attention. I just don’t know how I can start my day without it now because it primes your brain for the rest of the day. So, I’ll do this coffee drinking   or I just hang out, don’t do, no panicky stuff then I’ll do the mindfulness/meditation, then I do a basic like three to five-minute movement routine and I’ve made a video of this on my blog called my morning movement routines. I’ll do something similar to that and then I will get started with the rest of my day.  So, that’s essentially what it looks like. Sometimes depending on how I’m feeling I’ll also do gratefulness type of exercises where I will just think about things that I appreciate      and I’ll try to recreate the emotion of feeling of what that’s like so I start my day with sort of happy feelings I guess you could say. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: That’s a totally different way of starting your day than like  getting in bed, looking on Facebook, looking at whatever thing is going wrong, looking at your email, and seeing all these… It is a complete 180 from that. Anthony: So, like every day, when you wake up there are eventually going to be fires you need put out and stressful things that are going to pop out.  The power of having your routine is being able to control your mindset before you start attacking those things.   So, if you wake up and you immediately going to Facebook, social media, news stories, emails, whatever it may be or even straight into work, you have no frame of reference and no foundation of mental status to be able to approach that. And so, you are easily shaken, you are easily stressed, you are easily agitated. Having each of these morning routines for both of us has got a huge step in the right directions to be able to deal with things more effectively and with a kind of I guess better calmness. Ryan: And I think the biggest thing that has change for me is really two things – I am more patient throughout the day now because of this and I don’t get easily aggravated like when I didn’t have these routines in the morning and I didn’t really spend the time doing this, I will be easily agitated by the smallest things and just doesn’t happen to me anymore. Anthony: Right and so you’re going to be able to step back and be able to process things as they pop up instead of reacting to them in a kind of annoyed way. Ryan: Yeah exactly. So, do you want to add anything to that? Anthony: I think when I started learning about this stuff, it was a common trend that everybody that was super successful and getting a lot of stuff done was mastering their own routine in the morning and I forgot where I heard this but daily rituals… I think in Amazon, it goes through a bunch by I think by Mason Currey and goes throughout history like Benjamin Franklin, what his morning routines was, what his daily rituals were. When I was reading this book, it was a common thing that the most successful people on there had their mornings on locked down. They protected them every single morning, every single day for years and years and years. So, I thought, there might be something to this morning routine. So that’s when I started experimenting on them and it kind of building and testing since then. Ryan: I think different things work for different people and the idea is everyone is not going to do it the same. But you do, you experiment, you find out what works for you and be consistent with it because the effects don’t happen after day one or day two.  After couple of weeks, you really start to feel difference in your emotions and sort of how you think and how you react. It just does not happen right away. Anthony: To see some… So, everyone is obviously individuals with what routines  make them successful and set them up for the best throughout the day, I think there’s some commonalities here. Both you and I we don’t check anything. I think that is the biggest thing. Ryan: Don’t get people access through morning, Anthony: Your routine can’t be –  first thing I do in the morning is check social media or email. Ryan: It serves no purpose other than those apps are like turned into games because you want to see that little red notifications and it gives you this instant gratification but that really does not help you in anyway other than probably release some chemicals in your brain that make you like excited just like a game. I’m sure there are game developers that help them with their app that makes them addictive. Anthony: So, clearly not dealing with manufactured emergencies or things that don’t set you up for success for the rest of the day. Like what I was saying earlier, I do a lot of journaling, setting up stage for my day. We both do kind of mental prep to get us in the right zone. And so, it’s all foundational stuff so that the rest of the day can be as intentional as possible and less reactionary. Does that make sense? Ryan: It makes sense to me. So, what’s our weekly challenge? Anthony: Our weekly challenge would be to make a routine for yourself and I think that this just could start with just one simple thing. It does not need to be super complex. Like I said I’ve refined mine in a kind of over course of the last few years.  We just take some time to get up, we just take some time to do something for yourself, and not reacting to something, at least huge and be able to stick to that for the next seven days. Ryan: What I might want to add to that too is don’t worry about it being this perfect routine and don’t feel like you have to make it perfect before you do it.  Maybe you wake up thirty minutes before work right now, and for the next week that means just waking up an extra 45 minutes early so you don’t feel rushed and then you can start adding a thing or two. Make something over this next week and do it for seven days. And then start changing it, adding it, modifying it as needed but you can’t freestyle it until you have something sort of consistent to based off what you want to change. Anthony: And don’t feel guilty if you fall off a routine. I know there’s a huge impact when I stick to my routine. That’s very very helpful. I know last year though when I was traveling, I would fall off then even when I return from traveling, I will be off for few days and I will be super anxious and aggravated and always feel like my days were not under control. So, I end up creating like a home away routine to stay on track but it is normal to fall off and get back on.  So, do not be worried of that. But for the next seven days like the good doctor here is saying, start small and then add to that each week to see and start noticing differences. Ryan: Awesome! So, that’s what we got for you guys this episode. Let us know in the comments or email, how the week went for you, what the routine looks like. Any feedback you have is appreciated. Until next time. Is that the way to end this? Anthony: Yeah. Until next time. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes, make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notification to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog post sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/take-control-morning/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">5 – Take Control of Your Morning</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

5 – Take Control of Your Morning

Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram @healthfitbusiness This week on the Health Fit Business podcast, we want to share with you a really easy way to save time. That way is to stop writing the same email twice. In most jobs, especially service based jobs (like health and fitness based jobs), you answer emails and write emails a lot. Ok a ton. And frequently those emails are the same email over and over again but with a different person’s name or a different time, etc. The email is typically a generic email with specific information. You shouldn’t be writing these emails each time. Both Anthony and myself use a feature of gmail called canned responses. Canned responses are essentially saved emails that you can insert into any email that you are writing. Click here to see step by step instructions on how to set up and use canned emails. This Episode’s Challenge This week your challenge is to set up either canned responses or a similar method in your email client and get a few of the most common emails you write pre-made and start making it a habit to use this technique! Never write the same email twice.   Podcast Transcript   Ryan I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business. This week, what we’re going to take a look at is a way you can start saving time as you go from the 10 to 10,000.  When you start trying to think about big projects, bigger things that you need or want to achieve, you have to find ways to create more time for yourself. Now, this episode what we’re going to discuss is how you can use certain email tools to save time by specifically using something that we talked about in this episode a lot is canned responses. Canned responses are a way to save a tremendous amount of time. Anyway, without giving away too many details, let’s go ahead and listen to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. Anthony Hola doctor! Ryan Hey Anthony! How’s it going? Anthony Doing fantastic. How are you? Ryan I’m great. What are we talking about in this episode of podcast? Anthony Right. So, back in to our shoes when we were new, we were starting to switch our schedule from working with people one on one to think about how to create value to people and scaling one of the biggest thing was identifying repetitive tasks and automating them rather than do them over and over and over and over and over and over again. Ryan Right. Because going from ten or being busy chronically with one on one, you have to find ways or create almost time to reach the 10,000. Anthony Right. And so, one of the things that people do that they don’t realize, briefly in this last episode, was sending too many emails. Think about how many emails you send in a day. Ryan And most of those emails are like, the same. Like you say the same couple of things to these different people over and over and over again and you spend time typing it out  Anthony Right. This could easily be automated. Think about, I guarantee you, all three-people listening, have a time where you are like “Oh”” questionable schedule, questionable hours “Yeah,” like check the website, do this whatever, like you need to type out, do something like this, do something like that, over and over and over again. I’m sure you have plenty of examples, person to person of emails you get all the time.  Ryan Right. So, one of the tools that I use and I think I trained you on the canned responses. Didn’t I? In Gmail? Anthony Yup! Ryan So, I’m taking credit for that. So, there you go. So, in Gmail in Chrome. I think that’s just in Chrome.  Anthony Any Gmail account.  Ryan Any Gmail account? So, in Gmail, there’s an extension called canned responses. A lot of people use like drafts and things like that. Maybe on outlook, they have drafts of emails to send out. I think that makes it a little bit slower and harder to automate. What I do is this: I pre-wrote. So, you have to install this extension in Gmail called canned responses. Anthony So, first of all.  Let’s take a step back here and explain. Once you identify these problems, before you have any automation system in place, you should not be writing over and over again the same things. Even if you are copy-pasting emails, you should basically have a template which you respond to people with. Ryan Right. And so, that’s essential with the canned responses.  Anthony Some people call those swipe emails or swipe files or you could keep that on a google doc or in Evernote note or Onenote note if that’s what you use and then push that over in to your email, right? With canned responses is, what Ryan is explaining now, a way to make that even easier. Ryan So that’s built in to Gmail, and essentially, let’s say some one ask you “Hey, what are your hours?” and instead of saying “so and so, here’s the hours blah blah blah” and spend the time typing it out, canned responses- you essentially go into the reply field of Gmail, you hit a little arrow button and then you say reply with and then it has a list of all your commonly send out emails and all you do is click for example, questions about time or questions about my hours. You hit that and it’s a pre-written email that immediately goes in and then you can just hit send and maybe you have to enter the person’s name. You save yourself having to write that for emails. You can literally respond to that email in 5 seconds.  Anthony Right. And so, this I believe and we’ll put it in show notes, but you go to settings and then in labs portion, and I think it’s three sections down. You just click activate.  Ryan Yeah, where there are the photos and blog posters in the show notes, how to get there? Anthony Right. The challenge for this episode for people listening is identifying emails that you send over and over and over again and generating a rough template and then putting that in to canned response. Right. And there’s tons of different ways where you can minimize email in general. So, for instance, you can set up a MailChimp that have automated email that explains a lot of stuff. Ryan What is…? A lot of people may not even be familiar with what MailChimp is. Anthony If you are not collecting emails and if you are not having email list, that can be a completely separate podcast but there’s email automation which we’ll get to so until then now figure out the emails, make templates, make a canned response, and then that way you will cut down. Another way you can do that is eliminating the chance of sending emails in the first place.  For instance, one of the things you might consider both my clinic website as well as pureWOD.com , I was getting a lot of the same questions through the contact form.  So, if you step back here and say people are reaching me through the contact form but they all have these three questions. What I did was before people can submit an email that will come to me that would have to reply to, I set up a FAQ of the top three things that people are emailing me about before contact form. Ryan So right above the page. That’s what you mean. Anthony So, in that way, I said “Hey, thanks for wanting to reach out to me. I love to help you out. However, here are top three things that people reach us to us about. That people email us about.” Whether scheduling, product returns or whatever it maybe, put that there so that they have to scroll pass it and answer their own questions, before reaching out to you.  A lot of times people are just lazy about their emails especially when you have a service-based business  when they could have googled or search on your website a little bit more so just make it easier for them that when they are looking to ask something from you, you can just provide them answers before they even that.  Ryan Yes. So essentially, you might have to put up a little more time upfront doing that. But you have to think about how much time I’m going to save me.  Like you may go “oh I have to put this FAQs, I have to download this canned email thing. There’s a little bit of time set up wise but it’s going to save you hundred or thousand-fold by setting it up. Anthony Right. If you can decrease the amount of email you send out in a week by 20%, think ow much more time you can have to either work one on one people or create some kind of program where you can help more people. Ryan Or let your brain recover. Anthony Right. Ryan One thing too that I learned from you, it’s just kind of off topic, but you should essentially be doing either one of two things in life. You are either working hard on something or you are letting your brain recover and go back down to like normal. Anthony Yeah. So, the ever-responding emails is not a way where you can have shot your brain off and let it recharge. You describe a way that you do canned responses, right? Can you give me some examples of the ones that you use most frequently? So, they can kind of get an idea of how they can do it. Ryan Yeah exactly! So my common canned responses are a lot of them are related to my workshops that I do. So, I send out an email before the workshop that’s essentially, this will go out like two or three days, and you can also set this up in MailChimp like an auto thing but I just do a canned response. So, what I’ll do, is three days before the workshop I have a canned response that I labeled pre-workshop email. It has all the stuff written out about what to expect during the day, a link to download the note packet, what time I’m going to arrive, the agenda etc. So, I just, put the email addresses in there, put the canned response, I have to change a few details within the email like the venue etc. and then I don’t have to write out this email every single time before every single workshop. That’s number one.  The second one I do is a follow up email to the workshops that I send out the next day after the workshop is over. And all I do is just, take that same email list, push the canned response, the post-workshop email, that’s what I call it, in the canned response and then it sends out. Another one that I used commonly is when I’m working with a gym to host a workshop, after we’ve confirmed that we’re going to host it on as a certain day, I have certain things and steps that they can follow to how to post it on their website, where the link is and stuff, so I just reply, hit the canned response, I do that. For my clinic, people have common questions that are asked like what should I expect during the appointment, how long is it, if I need them to fill up my online paper work which is something I do so again, I have them fill up before hand, so just auto pulls and automates into their file, I send them a link to that, what to wear, what to expect, what to bring. Rather than having to type that out, I hit the canned response and it’s a nicely written formatted good looking email that I send out every single time. Anthony So much more personal thing to do that. Automation has a time and place but with something like we should be working one on one with people, it is better to have a one on one touch in my opinion. In that way, canned responses you can still have that personal touch but without repeating yourself over and over again. If you are a clinician or a therapist or a trainer or somebody who has valuable knowledge, you are wasting your time sending emails. You should be doing as much stuff as you can to provide value to the people that you are trying to affect.  Ryan Yes, so either answer the question before them so that they don’t even have time to ask just like that you did with the FAQs, or think about what email that I have to send out more than once this week that was the same and then make that new canned response. So, I gave some examples of my canned response emails. What are couple of yours that you frequently use? Anthony So, a lot of stuff that I do now is not applicable but before a lot of issues I have were about even though I provided FAQ and even if those information are very very clear, again people don’t want to go to the time of looking at that. So scheduling, all my schedule is automated online, people could change or modify their own appointments. But people want to know where they can schedule in the website so sometimes I would have a canned response that would say “Yes go to this link. Thank you.” Sometimes, it was payment. Sometimes it was “You guys accept insurance? Do you treat this or that?” So, it is limitless like Dr. Debell here was saying figure out what emails are you sending more than one times a week and that should just be a canned response.  If you type one email, you should not have to type 2 emails. Ryan Right. Exactly. And think about this too. Let’s say you have a link to your schedule that you commonly have to email to people and you don’t have a canned response, that means every time someone sends you this question, you have to type it out, you have to go find the link, you have to copy the link, paste the link. That’s so time consuming. Like if you could just click one button and it’s just take two minutes to send that out. Anthony And if you are doing that over and over and over again, and you’re wasting an hour of your day, sending emails that you could have automated or have canned responses for you’re not seeing people one on one, you’re not working on a program that could help 10,000 people.  Ryan You’re not resting your brain.  Anthony Yeah and so… Ryan So why are you doing it? Anthony This comes back to, if you have specialized knowledge that could help a lot of people, you should be using that knowledge not sending emails. Ryan This is true example of working smarter not harder like we talked about this before when we were walking around at the games or something, chatting. What you mentioned was the idea that you have to grind and work so hard that you’re so tired.  Well, you can work so hard that you are tired sending by doing this emails but you are doing it inefficiently. If you can cut that down and you can have time to recover and be more energetic, you can be working on bigger projects, you can be working better with people one on one.  There’s really no reason not to do this.  It’s free. It’s easy. Most of people don’t know that you can do this. That’s why we’re doing this. Anthony Typically sending an email is not something that provides a massive amount of value that help people fix a problem. They may answer a question and that’s fine, but you’re not helping someone get fit, you are not helping someone get out of pain, and those are the problems that you should be solving.  Ryan Exactly. So, email certainly a requirement but there are easy tools you can use to respond to people’s email and do it quickly. Last time, when we talked about blocking out your time, you have an email block. Well, your email block is not you typing out emails, your email block is just essentially clicking canned responses so that you can do fifty of them, hundreds of then in a much faster, shorter period of time. It’s also condensed because it’s blocked out and each email is faster because you are using canned responses. Anthony Right and so we’ll go over in tons of different episodes, different techniques like that you can use or even things you can outsource to and how you can for instance how your people that are not in your office or personal locations can take a lot on your plates so you don’t have to click canned response. But for this week, I think the challenge is like we said, identifying any emails you have and saying “Can I put this in FAQ that people can read?” or “Can I make a canned response?” so I don’t write this email again. Ryan Yeah and do install the canned response in your Gmail or in whatever.  Anthony This is like a google thing in Gmail and we’re not like trying to sell you a canned response business, the best tool that you can have. Ryan That’s free in Gmail.   So, set it up, find the most common email that you send out more than once that could just be generic and then put those in canned responses. That’s the challenge for this week.  Anthony If you don’t have Gmail, if you can’t use canned responses, I’m sure there’s ton of different ways where you can implement this in Outlook, whatever. Ryan Find the solution specific to your email host then. That’s your challenge in that case.  Anthony The easiest way to do this like lowest energy use is have a file on your list, copy and pasting emails instead of having to write the whole thing over and over again. Ryan Alright. So, that covers up for this week as well as your challenge. Next week, we’ll have a whole new topic with another challenge to help you free up your time so you can do 10 and 10,000. Anthony See yah. Ryan, Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notification to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog post sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time.      The post 4 – Never Write the Same Email Twice appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h4>Follow Health Fit Business on Instagram <a href="http://instagram.com/healthfitbusiness" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">@healthfitbusiness</a></h4> This week on the Health Fit Business podcast, we want to share with you a really easy way to save time. That way is to stop writing the same email twice. In most jobs, especially service based jobs (like health and fitness based jobs), you answer emails and write emails a lot. Ok a ton. And frequently those emails are the same email over and over again but with a different person’s name or a different time, etc. The email is typically a generic email with specific information. You shouldn’t be writing these emails each time. Both Anthony and myself use a feature of gmail called canned responses. Canned responses are essentially saved emails that you can insert into any email that you are writing. <a href="http://www.wikihow.com/Use-Canned-Responses-in-Gmail" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Click here</a> to see step by step instructions on how to set up and use canned emails. <h3>This Episode’s Challenge</h3> This week your challenge is to set up either canned responses or a similar method in your email client and get a few of the most common emails you write pre-made and start making it a habit to use this technique! Never write the same email twice. <h3>Podcast Transcript</h3> Ryan I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Thanks for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business. This week, what we’re going to take a look at is a way you can start saving time as you go from the 10 to 10,000.  When you start trying to think about big projects, bigger things that you need or want to achieve, you have to find ways to create more time for yourself. Now, this episode what we’re going to discuss is how you can use certain email tools to save time by specifically using something that we talked about in this episode a lot is canned responses. Canned responses are a way to save a tremendous amount of time. Anyway, without giving away too many details, let’s go ahead and listen to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. Anthony Hola doctor! Ryan Hey Anthony! How’s it going? Anthony Doing fantastic. How are you? Ryan I’m great. What are we talking about in this episode of podcast? Anthony Right. So, back in to our shoes when we were new, we were starting to switch our schedule from working with people one on one to think about how to create value to people and scaling one of the biggest thing was identifying repetitive tasks and automating them rather than do them over and over and over and over and over and over again. Ryan Right. Because going from ten or being busy chronically with one on one, you have to find ways or create almost time to reach the 10,000. Anthony Right. And so, one of the things that people do that they don’t realize, briefly in this last episode, was sending too many emails. Think about how many emails you send in a day. Ryan And most of those emails are like, the same. Like you say the same couple of things to these different people over and over and over again and you spend time typing it out Anthony Right. This could easily be automated. Think about, I guarantee you, all three-people listening, have a time where you are like “Oh”” questionable schedule, questionable hours “Yeah,” like check the website, do this whatever, like you need to type out, do something like this, do something like that, over and over and over again. I’m sure you have plenty of examples, person to person of emails you get all the time. Ryan Right. So, one of the tools that I use and I think I trained you on the canned responses. Didn’t I? In Gmail? Anthony Yup! Ryan So, I’m taking credit for that. So, there you go. So, in Gmail in Chrome. I think that’s just in Chrome. Anthony Any Gmail account. Ryan Any Gmail account? So, in Gmail, there’s an extension called canned responses. A lot of people use like drafts and things like that. Maybe on outlook, they have drafts of emails to send out. I think that makes it a little bit slower and harder to automate. What I do is this: I pre-wrote. So, you have to install this extension in Gmail called canned responses. Anthony So, first of all.  Let’s take a step back here and explain. Once you identify these problems, before you have any automation system in place, you should not be writing over and over again the same things. Even if you are copy-pasting emails, you should basically have a template which you respond to people with. Ryan Right. And so, that’s essential with the canned responses. Anthony Some people call those swipe emails or swipe files or you could keep that on a google doc or in Evernote note or Onenote note if that’s what you use and then push that over in to your email, right? With canned responses is, what Ryan is explaining now, a way to make that even easier. Ryan So that’s built in to Gmail, and essentially, let’s say some one ask you “Hey, what are your hours?” and instead of saying “so and so, here’s the hours blah blah blah” and spend the time typing it out, canned responses- you essentially go into the reply field of Gmail, you hit a little arrow button and then you say reply with and then it has a list of all your commonly send out emails and all you do is click for example, questions about time or questions about my hours. You hit that and it’s a pre-written email that immediately goes in and then you can just hit send and maybe you have to enter the person’s name. You save yourself having to write that for emails. You can literally respond to that email in 5 seconds. Anthony Right. And so, this I believe and we’ll put it in show notes, but you go to settings and then in labs portion, and I think it’s three sections down. You just click activate. Ryan Yeah, where there are the photos and blog posters in the show notes, how to get there? Anthony Right. The challenge for this episode for people listening is identifying emails that you send over and over and over again and generating a rough template and then putting that in to canned response. Right. And there’s tons of different ways where you can minimize email in general. So, for instance, you can set up a MailChimp that have automated email that explains a lot of stuff. Ryan What is…? A lot of people may not even be familiar with what MailChimp is. Anthony If you are not collecting emails and if you are not having email list, that can be a completely separate podcast but there’s email automation which we’ll get to so until then now figure out the emails, make templates, make a canned response, and then that way you will cut down. Another way you can do that is eliminating the chance of sending emails in the first place.  For instance, one of the things you might consider both my clinic website as well as <a href="http://pureWOD.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">pureWOD.com</a> , I was getting a lot of the same questions through the contact form.  So, if you step back here and say people are reaching me through the contact form but they all have these three questions. What I did was before people can submit an email that will come to me that would have to reply to, I set up a FAQ of the top three things that people are emailing me about before contact form. Ryan So right above the page. That’s what you mean. Anthony So, in that way, I said “Hey, thanks for wanting to reach out to me. I love to help you out. However, here are top three things that people reach us to us about. That people email us about.” Whether scheduling, product returns or whatever it maybe, put that there so that they have to scroll pass it and answer their own questions, before reaching out to you.  A lot of times people are just lazy about their emails especially when you have a service-based business  when they could have googled or search on your website a little bit more so just make it easier for them that when they are looking to ask something from you, you can just provide them answers before they even that. Ryan Yes. So essentially, you might have to put up a little more time upfront doing that. But you have to think about how much time I’m going to save me.  Like you may go “oh I have to put this FAQs, I have to download this canned email thing. There’s a little bit of time set up wise but it’s going to save you hundred or thousand-fold by setting it up. Anthony Right. If you can decrease the amount of email you send out in a week by 20%, think ow much more time you can have to either work one on one people or create some kind of program where you can help more people. Ryan Or let your brain recover. Anthony Right. Ryan One thing too that I learned from you, it’s just kind of off topic, but you should essentially be doing either one of two things in life. You are either working hard on something or you are letting your brain recover and go back down to like normal. Anthony Yeah. So, the ever-responding emails is not a way where you can have shot your brain off and let it recharge. You describe a way that you do canned responses, right? Can you give me some examples of the ones that you use most frequently? So, they can kind of get an idea of how they can do it. Ryan Yeah exactly! So my common canned responses are a lot of them are related to my workshops that I do. So, I send out an email before the workshop that’s essentially, this will go out like two or three days, and you can also set this up in MailChimp like an auto thing but I just do a canned response. So, what I’ll do, is three days before the workshop I have a canned response that I labeled pre-workshop email. It has all the stuff written out about what to expect during the day, a link to download the note packet, what time I’m going to arrive, the agenda etc. So, I just, put the email addresses in there, put the canned response, I have to change a few details within the email like the venue etc. and then I don’t have to write out this email every single time before every single workshop. That’s number one.  The second one I do is a follow up email to the workshops that I send out the next day after the workshop is over. And all I do is just, take that same email list, push the canned response, the post-workshop email, that’s what I call it, in the canned response and then it sends out. Another one that I used commonly is when I’m working with a gym to host a workshop, after we’ve confirmed that we’re going to host it on as a certain day, I have certain things and steps that they can follow to how to post it on their website, where the link is and stuff, so I just reply, hit the canned response, I do that. For my clinic, people have common questions that are asked like what should I expect during the appointment, how long is it, if I need them to fill up my online paper work which is something I do so again, I have them fill up before hand, so just auto pulls and automates into their file, I send them a link to that, what to wear, what to expect, what to bring. Rather than having to type that out, I hit the canned response and it’s a nicely written formatted good looking email that I send out every single time. Anthony So much more personal thing to do that. Automation has a time and place but with something like we should be working one on one with people, it is better to have a one on one touch in my opinion. In that way, canned responses you can still have that personal touch but without repeating yourself over and over again. If you are a clinician or a therapist or a trainer or somebody who has valuable knowledge, you are wasting your time sending emails. You should be doing as much stuff as you can to provide value to the people that you are trying to affect. Ryan Yes, so either answer the question before them so that they don’t even have time to ask just like that you did with the FAQs, or think about what email that I have to send out more than once this week that was the same and then make that new canned response. So, I gave some examples of my canned response emails. What are couple of yours that you frequently use? Anthony So, a lot of stuff that I do now is not applicable but before a lot of issues I have were about even though I provided FAQ and even if those information are very very clear, again people don’t want to go to the time of looking at that. So scheduling, all my schedule is automated online, people could change or modify their own appointments. But people want to know where they can schedule in the website so sometimes I would have a canned response that would say “Yes go to this link. Thank you.” Sometimes, it was payment. Sometimes it was “You guys accept insurance? Do you treat this or that?” So, it is limitless like Dr. Debell here was saying figure out what emails are you sending more than one times a week and that should just be a canned response.  If you type one email, you should not have to type 2 emails. Ryan Right. Exactly. And think about this too. Let’s say you have a link to your schedule that you commonly have to email to people and you don’t have a canned response, that means every time someone sends you this question, you have to type it out, you have to go find the link, you have to copy the link, paste the link. That’s so time consuming. Like if you could just click one button and it’s just take two minutes to send that out. Anthony And if you are doing that over and over and over again, and you’re wasting an hour of your day, sending emails that you could have automated or have canned responses for you’re not seeing people one on one, you’re not working on a program that could help 10,000 people. Ryan You’re not resting your brain. Anthony Yeah and so… Ryan So why are you doing it? Anthony This comes back to, if you have specialized knowledge that could help a lot of people, you should be using that knowledge not sending emails. Ryan This is true example of working smarter not harder like we talked about this before when we were walking around at the games or something, chatting. What you mentioned was the idea that you have to grind and work so hard that you’re so tired.  Well, you can work so hard that you are tired sending by doing this emails but you are doing it inefficiently. If you can cut that down and you can have time to recover and be more energetic, you can be working on bigger projects, you can be working better with people one on one.  There’s really no reason not to do this.  It’s free. It’s easy. Most of people don’t know that you can do this. That’s why we’re doing this. Anthony Typically sending an email is not something that provides a massive amount of value that help people fix a problem. They may answer a question and that’s fine, but you’re not helping someone get fit, you are not helping someone get out of pain, and those are the problems that you should be solving. Ryan Exactly. So, email certainly a requirement but there are easy tools you can use to respond to people’s email and do it quickly. Last time, when we talked about blocking out your time, you have an email block. Well, your email block is not you typing out emails, your email block is just essentially clicking canned responses so that you can do fifty of them, hundreds of then in a much faster, shorter period of time. It’s also condensed because it’s blocked out and each email is faster because you are using canned responses. Anthony Right and so we’ll go over in tons of different episodes, different techniques like that you can use or even things you can outsource to and how you can for instance how your people that are not in your office or personal locations can take a lot on your plates so you don’t have to click canned response. But for this week, I think the challenge is like we said, identifying any emails you have and saying “Can I put this in FAQ that people can read?” or “Can I make a canned response?” so I don’t write this email again. Ryan Yeah and do install the canned response in your Gmail or in whatever. Anthony This is like a google thing in Gmail and we’re not like trying to sell you a canned response business, the best tool that you can have. Ryan That’s free in Gmail.   So, set it up, find the most common email that you send out more than once that could just be generic and then put those in canned responses. That’s the challenge for this week. Anthony If you don’t have Gmail, if you can’t use canned responses, I’m sure there’s ton of different ways where you can implement this in Outlook, whatever. Ryan Find the solution specific to your email host then. That’s your challenge in that case. Anthony The easiest way to do this like lowest energy use is have a file on your list, copy and pasting emails instead of having to write the whole thing over and over again. Ryan Alright. So, that covers up for this week as well as your challenge. Next week, we’ll have a whole new topic with another challenge to help you free up your time so you can do 10 and 10,000. Anthony See yah. Ryan, Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you find it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notification to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog post sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/never-write-email-twice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">4 – Never Write the Same Email Twice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

4 – Never Write the Same Email Twice

Discovering the Next Steps in Your Business Once your business is up and running, it’s common to constantly feel like you have a million things you COULD be doing. But how do you know what’s the most important thing to be working on? How do you know what goals to work on achieving? Enjoy! And if you haven’t already, visit healthfit.biz/slack to join the HFB Business Community  PODCAST TRANSCRIPT   Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Welcome back to the Health Fit Biz podcast. This episode 42 and in this episode we get into how do you know what the next steps are for your business? how do you know what you should be doing and what you should be focusing on and by knowing what you wanna turn your business or company or whatever you wanna call it in to it helps you figure out what are the steps I need to take now to make that happen. And if you aren’t doing this it makes it really hard to know “What should I be doing? What should I not be doing? What do I focus on?” So that’s what we got for this episode. Let’s listen in. Ryan: Welcome. Anthony: Welcome. Ryan: Back. Anthony: No. Welcome, welcome, welcome. It’s like John Oliver. See his show? Ryan: Is that why you do that? Anthony: Yes. You never seen that show? Ryan: To the Health Fit Biz…  Anthony: Ness Podcast. I’m your co-host…  Ryan: Dr. Ryan Debell. This is episode…   Anthony: I’m Anthony Gustin. Welcome, welcome, welcome…  Ryan: You are, yeah. This is episode something plus one and it’s been great to have all you guys in the Slack channel.  Anthony: Yes. Welcome. Thanks if you have benefited. If you have not you have to…   Ryan: healthfit…  Anthony: healthfitbiz Ryan: .biz/slack. S-L-A-C-K, and join the conversation.  Anthony: You can also head to the movementfix.com/slack. So now you have to set that up. Ryan: Gosh! Dang it! I’ll set up or redirect. Now don’t only forget if you are going to go there. This episode, we’re talking about how do I know what steps to take in my business? How do I know what to do next? How so I know what to make or how to? you know, how I should be thinking. This is based off a conversation you and I had I think a couple of weeks ago. ‘Cause, yes, Anthony and I…  Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: We have deep conversations frequently and… What was the gist of the convo?  Anthony: Using long term thinking to come up with short term actions.  Ryan: So an example of that would be? Anthony: So first of all, this comes as like a, so one of my friends and I were in Japan and we had a lot of business conversations  and we’re thinking about the importance of a lot of businesses  and why they fail is they think too short term that you reactionary and then be crippled by some new company coming out on a new theme or not having this to be a a bit of long term. And so, one of that things that we both admire in other businesses is their long term thinking and action planning. However, you can think long term only so long it won’t get you so far. You need to I think… I mean, we talk about essentially writing down a list of all the things that you would want the company to be. If we couldn’t sell it, if we couldn’t change it, and if we had to run it for the next 20, 30, 40 years. And then think about short term, the things that we can accomplish or do that are actionable that would help step forward to those things. Because if you’re not thinking about what you’d wanna be doing that for an advance and kind of feeling it back, I mean you can always feel it and change course along the way but and I think that you’ll be misguided and you’ll be fall into temptations of doing more like tactics and silly growth things for business in a short term but that won’t lead to any kind of long term community or building your growth or stability. And so, I think it’s a different way to think that I had really been thinking about much in the past is more so like “Oh this course goal is this.  This year’s goal is this” which I think is very short term instead of “I want to start  thinking about my little monthly roundups, what in 20 years would I want this company to look like, and what would I do in the next quarter or year to get that goal if that’s what I wanted.” Ryan: Very different from the mindset of “How do I make the amount of money that I need to make this quarter or this year?” How do you know what to do next in a business if you don’t know what you’re trying to make it? Anthony: Exactly. I think the clarity of goals is one of these things that you don’t have that, the actual structure of what you’re doing on a day to day basis is super difficult. Today I was going to the gym with my boy, Axe Cunningham. Hey, Cunny!  Ryan: Ah yeah. Oh of course. Doesn’t he beat you at ping pong once in awhile or there is a record…  Anthony: No. We have of proof of the struct chief of ping pong domination and I’m about it at 3:1 ratio of wins to loses on him.  Ryan: I tried to give him tips on how to get…  Anthony: Yeah. Didn’t worked. Didn’t worked. Anyway, he was saying like “Oh I wanna start doing more macro stuff and change my diet.” We got back from Paleo Fx, I was on trip “I want to do Paleo, Keto, or mix or whatever or eat lentils.” I said “What’s your goal?” He said “Well, I think to lean up” And I said “Okay. By when?” “Ahh, I dunno.” And I said “How much?” “Ahh, I dunno.” And so counting macros, when you don’t have a clear angle of like “Oh I want to have lost 8 pounds body fat in 10 weeks.” You do that and you can step back, back, back until today “I’m gonna do these.” In course correct along the way your goals always change but helps the clarity of now way more if you didn’t have that concrete goal. I mean this is a lot with our smart goal, right? We have the Daily Domination…  Ryan: Yes. Anthony: Specific, measurable, actionable, realistic in time…  Ryan: As well as the purpose and the vision play along with that as well.  Anthony: Right. So it’s essentially taking an act into a very very long term vision. And so, for an instance, we I was thinking about this with the Equip, formerly known as the PureWOD, I, you know, my vision is to have that change, like a publicly traded company that changes the way we think about access to nutrition. And so how can I do that short term? Well, I need to start moving more and quicker into doing food products. And so we need a lot more product development on less more powders more hard to make food products but also super functional and nutritional which just don’t exist currently in my opinion. And so, thinking about it in a long term aspect like that as well as you don’t want to go public I don’t need to get into way more retailers. I need to have products exposure. And so, getting food products would be a easy way to do that and having supplements in powders. And so, changing the strategy short term because I was thinking about it in a long term fashion.  Ryan: Yeah. So, it’s almost a little bit different to than a just a goal in that… It’s really how you envision the company or the business. Anthony: Yeah. Long term thinking. Ryan: You know a long term, if you are the let’s say an exercise you could do would be journal out or spend some time just like in deep thought of “What do I picture this to being in 10, 20 years?” And that will change what you do as obviously you experienced. Well, I mean we have to make these things, we have to do this, we have to do that versus…   Anthony: I think…  Ryan: Versus if this was just “How do I get more, you know, meet my sales goals?” “Well, we gotta figure how to sell more of this one particular thing.” And so, what you end up doing is quite different. Anthony: Yeah. And one thing too you can do is create a little Venn diagram of let’s say, you do have plans, well like you know you don’t wanna be doing whatever job you’re doing or whatever to the company you’re doing, in three years you wanna sell it or grow or do, you know, do something different whatever it may be. I would say, choose all the long term things like I said if you had to be in this business you’d be, that’s the only thing you could do in the next 50 years and then overlap that with what would be compatible with say selling a company in three years or making whatever amount of money like if you have a short term goal use the long term thinking and put it in these buckets and see what overlaps in both of your short term goal and your long term goal. I think that will give you a lot of gratification in the short term as well as make you think about long term strategy.  Ryan: One of the hardest things especially in the newer business is there’s so much you could be doing at all times that the things you do can be very random and not connected so without having that guidance you just feel like you’re doing so much but not making the progress that you want and part of that may be you don’t even know what you’re trying to progress toward. And if you don’t know that then you’re going to be working really hard and your success will be limited by the fact that it’s not all done with the goal or the vision in mind and you have to be very focus on that. Though, you know, this is something that “I struggle with this especially earlier on” and you know still working through is knowing what I want things to look like and then taking the steps to make that happen. So one of the things that you and I talked about for example is with the Movement Fix, the vision is that there would be other people teaching workshops and being part of that educational process for the business. And that changes my mindset of rather than how do I get, you know, more people sign up to my events or how do I get more events going, it’s taking a step back, and how do I build a system around that so that I can grow the whole company and then include other people as part of that.   Anthony: Right. So if the long term goal is to grow a team and help more people then the question has to be asked “Why is that not happening in a short term?” and so then short term systems to allow long term growth is kind of a way to think about this. Ryan: Yup. Because if you have a long term goal and you’re not doing anything in the short term toward that, because if you’re working and doing things in the short term that are going to affect the long term the result isn’t going to be immediate. And I think that’s why it’s challenging because we wanna do things that will have an immediate impact that we can see really soon. But to do things now that help to get you where you wanna be in 10, 20 years that’s hard because that is delayed. You know the delayed gratification of that. But in the short term you have to be doing things that won’t yield an immediate result.  Anthony: I mean, I can. For instance let’s say you are onboarding people on that to free up your time, you could create more products or do more marketing then I think that you, where I talk about this Venn diagram of being able to both have a long term thinking as well as support short term goals. And so let’s say your goal is to do a hundred workshops, right now that will be impossible, right? And so you’ll be able to knock out more workshops by adding more people to team and growing the system of the Movement Fix courses. Ryan: Right. Anthony: And so I think that, you know, it doesn’t have to be this “pie in sky” type of idea that “Oh, I wanna make a billion dollars doing XY and Z.” It’s like think, no, think about what you would want or what this company would look like if you had it running for 50 years. What is compatible with short term thinking and then just do those things.  Ryan: Yeah, yeah.  Anthony: So COW- Challenge of the Week. Ryan: Yes, yes.  Anthony: For me, I’d say take out your Daily Domination journal, flip to the back where the blank sheets are. Ryan: What if I don’t have one? Anthony: You can pick one up. Go into… What is that you’re offering? Ryan: healthfit.biz/journal Anthony: Right. Or you can do the old fashioned way and…  Ryan: Yeah. What if I don’t want your journal, Anthony? Anthony: Then, you can write on a piece of paper or you can write on the wall. I don’t care. And make two list, long term goals/strategies/ideas if you had to do whatever you’re doing now for 50 years plus short term goals. See what overlaps and what type of long term goals would push short term goals forward and then just start doing that.  Ryan: That is the COW. Number one, COW number two. Anthony: What, you gonna go double? Ryan: healthfit.biz/slack if you didn’t already join the slack channel you’re missing out. We’re having a great time over there.  Anthony: If you don’t know what we’re talking about listen to the one episode before this one. Ryan: Yeah. This episode minus one. Whatever that number turns out to be. Alright, get after it. Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post 42 – Discovering the Next Steps in Your Business appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

<h3>Discovering the Next Steps in Your Business</h3> Once your business is up and running, it’s common to constantly feel like you have a million things you COULD be doing. But how do you know what’s the most important thing to be working on? How do you know what goals to work on achieving? Enjoy! And if you haven’t already, visit <a href="http://healthfit.biz/slack" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz/slack</a> to join the HFB Business Community <h3></h3> <h3>PODCAST TRANSCRIPT</h3> Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Welcome back to the Health Fit Biz podcast. This episode 42 and in this episode we get into how do you know what the next steps are for your business? how do you know what you should be doing and what you should be focusing on and by knowing what you wanna turn your business or company or whatever you wanna call it in to it helps you figure out what are the steps I need to take now to make that happen. And if you aren’t doing this it makes it really hard to know “What should I be doing? What should I not be doing? What do I focus on?” So that’s what we got for this episode. Let’s listen in. Ryan: Welcome. Anthony: Welcome. Ryan: Back. Anthony: No. Welcome, welcome, welcome. It’s like John Oliver. See his show? Ryan: Is that why you do that? Anthony: Yes. You never seen that show? Ryan: To the Health Fit Biz… Anthony: Ness Podcast. I’m your co-host… Ryan: Dr. Ryan Debell. This is episode…   Anthony: I’m Anthony Gustin. Welcome, welcome, welcome… Ryan: You are, yeah. This is episode something plus one and it’s been great to have all you guys in the Slack channel. Anthony: Yes. Welcome. Thanks if you have benefited. If you have not you have to…   Ryan: healthfit… Anthony: healthfitbiz Ryan: .biz/slack. S-L-A-C-K, and join the conversation. Anthony: You can also head to the <a href="http://movementfix.com/slack" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">movementfix.com/slack</a>. So now you have to set that up. Ryan: Gosh! Dang it! I’ll set up or redirect. Now don’t only forget if you are going to go there. This episode, we’re talking about how do I know what steps to take in my business? How do I know what to do next? How so I know what to make or how to? you know, how I should be thinking. This is based off a conversation you and I had I think a couple of weeks ago. ‘Cause, yes, Anthony and I… Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: We have deep conversations frequently and… What was the gist of the convo? Anthony: Using long term thinking to come up with short term actions. Ryan: So an example of that would be? Anthony: So first of all, this comes as like a, so one of my friends and I were in Japan and we had a lot of business conversations  and we’re thinking about the importance of a lot of businesses  and why they fail is they think too short term that you reactionary and then be crippled by some new company coming out on a new theme or not having this to be a a bit of long term. And so, one of that things that we both admire in other businesses is their long term thinking and action planning. However, you can think long term only so long it won’t get you so far. You need to I think… I mean, we talk about essentially writing down a list of all the things that you would want the company to be. If we couldn’t sell it, if we couldn’t change it, and if we had to run it for the next 20, 30, 40 years. And then think about short term, the things that we can accomplish or do that are actionable that would help step forward to those things. Because if you’re not thinking about what you’d wanna be doing that for an advance and kind of feeling it back, I mean you can always feel it and change course along the way but and I think that you’ll be misguided and you’ll be fall into temptations of doing more like tactics and silly growth things for business in a short term but that won’t lead to any kind of long term community or building your growth or stability. And so, I think it’s a different way to think that I had really been thinking about much in the past is more so like “Oh this course goal is this.  This year’s goal is this” which I think is very short term instead of “I want to start  thinking about my little monthly roundups, what in 20 years would I want this company to look like, and what would I do in the next quarter or year to get that goal if that’s what I wanted.” Ryan: Very different from the mindset of “How do I make the amount of money that I need to make this quarter or this year?” How do you know what to do next in a business if you don’t know what you’re trying to make it? Anthony: Exactly. I think the clarity of goals is one of these things that you don’t have that, the actual structure of what you’re doing on a day to day basis is super difficult. Today I was going to the gym with my boy, Axe Cunningham. Hey, Cunny! Ryan: Ah yeah. Oh of course. Doesn’t he beat you at ping pong once in awhile or there is a record… Anthony: No. We have of proof of the struct chief of ping pong domination and I’m about it at 3:1 ratio of wins to loses on him. Ryan: I tried to give him tips on how to get… Anthony: Yeah. Didn’t worked. Didn’t worked. Anyway, he was saying like “Oh I wanna start doing more macro stuff and change my diet.” We got back from Paleo Fx, I was on trip “I want to do Paleo, Keto, or mix or whatever or eat lentils.” I said “What’s your goal?” He said “Well, I think to lean up” And I said “Okay. By when?” “Ahh, I dunno.” And I said “How much?” “Ahh, I dunno.” And so counting macros, when you don’t have a clear angle of like “Oh I want to have lost 8 pounds body fat in 10 weeks.” You do that and you can step back, back, back until today “I’m gonna do these.” In course correct along the way your goals always change but helps the clarity of now way more if you didn’t have that concrete goal. I mean this is a lot with our smart goal, right? We have the Daily Domination… Ryan: Yes. Anthony: Specific, measurable, actionable, realistic in time… Ryan: As well as the purpose and the vision play along with that as well. Anthony: Right. So it’s essentially taking an act into a very very long term vision. And so, for an instance, we I was thinking about this with the Equip, formerly known as the PureWOD, I, you know, my vision is to have that change, like a publicly traded company that changes the way we think about access to nutrition. And so how can I do that short term? Well, I need to start moving more and quicker into doing food products. And so we need a lot more product development on less more powders more hard to make food products but also super functional and nutritional which just don’t exist currently in my opinion. And so, thinking about it in a long term aspect like that as well as you don’t want to go public I don’t need to get into way more retailers. I need to have products exposure. And so, getting food products would be a easy way to do that and having supplements in powders. And so, changing the strategy short term because I was thinking about it in a long term fashion. Ryan: Yeah. So, it’s almost a little bit different to than a just a goal in that… It’s really how you envision the company or the business. Anthony: Yeah. Long term thinking. Ryan: You know a long term, if you are the let’s say an exercise you could do would be journal out or spend some time just like in deep thought of “What do I picture this to being in 10, 20 years?” And that will change what you do as obviously you experienced. Well, I mean we have to make these things, we have to do this, we have to do that versus…   Anthony: I think… Ryan: Versus if this was just “How do I get more, you know, meet my sales goals?” “Well, we gotta figure how to sell more of this one particular thing.” And so, what you end up doing is quite different. Anthony: Yeah. And one thing too you can do is create a little Venn diagram of let’s say, you do have plans, well like you know you don’t wanna be doing whatever job you’re doing or whatever to the company you’re doing, in three years you wanna sell it or grow or do, you know, do something different whatever it may be. I would say, choose all the long term things like I said if you had to be in this business you’d be, that’s the only thing you could do in the next 50 years and then overlap that with what would be compatible with say selling a company in three years or making whatever amount of money like if you have a short term goal use the long term thinking and put it in these buckets and see what overlaps in both of your short term goal and your long term goal. I think that will give you a lot of gratification in the short term as well as make you think about long term strategy. Ryan: One of the hardest things especially in the newer business is there’s so much you could be doing at all times that the things you do can be very random and not connected so without having that guidance you just feel like you’re doing so much but not making the progress that you want and part of that may be you don’t even know what you’re trying to progress toward. And if you don’t know that then you’re going to be working really hard and your success will be limited by the fact that it’s not all done with the goal or the vision in mind and you have to be very focus on that. Though, you know, this is something that “I struggle with this especially earlier on” and you know still working through is knowing what I want things to look like and then taking the steps to make that happen. So one of the things that you and I talked about for example is with the Movement Fix, the vision is that there would be other people teaching workshops and being part of that educational process for the business. And that changes my mindset of rather than how do I get, you know, more people sign up to my events or how do I get more events going, it’s taking a step back, and how do I build a system around that so that I can grow the whole company and then include other people as part of that.   Anthony: Right. So if the long term goal is to grow a team and help more people then the question has to be asked “Why is that not happening in a short term?” and so then short term systems to allow long term growth is kind of a way to think about this. Ryan: Yup. Because if you have a long term goal and you’re not doing anything in the short term toward that, because if you’re working and doing things in the short term that are going to affect the long term the result isn’t going to be immediate. And I think that’s why it’s challenging because we wanna do things that will have an immediate impact that we can see really soon. But to do things now that help to get you where you wanna be in 10, 20 years that’s hard because that is delayed. You know the delayed gratification of that. But in the short term you have to be doing things that won’t yield an immediate result. Anthony: I mean, I can. For instance let’s say you are onboarding people on that to free up your time, you could create more products or do more marketing then I think that you, where I talk about this Venn diagram of being able to both have a long term thinking as well as support short term goals. And so let’s say your goal is to do a hundred workshops, right now that will be impossible, right? And so you’ll be able to knock out more workshops by adding more people to team and growing the system of the Movement Fix courses. Ryan: Right. Anthony: And so I think that, you know, it doesn’t have to be this “pie in sky” type of idea that “Oh, I wanna make a billion dollars doing XY and Z.” It’s like think, no, think about what you would want or what this company would look like if you had it running for 50 years. What is compatible with short term thinking and then just do those things. Ryan: Yeah, yeah. Anthony: So COW- Challenge of the Week. Ryan: Yes, yes. Anthony: For me, I’d say take out your Daily Domination journal, flip to the back where the blank sheets are. Ryan: What if I don’t have one? Anthony: You can pick one up. Go into… What is that you’re offering? Ryan: <a href="http://healthfit.biz/journal" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz/journal</a> Anthony: Right. Or you can do the old fashioned way and… Ryan: Yeah. What if I don’t want your journal, Anthony? Anthony: Then, you can write on a piece of paper or you can write on the wall. I don’t care. And make two list, long term goals/strategies/ideas if you had to do whatever you’re doing now for 50 years plus short term goals. See what overlaps and what type of long term goals would push short term goals forward and then just start doing that. Ryan: That is the COW. Number one, COW number two. Anthony: What, you gonna go double? Ryan: <a href="http://healthfit.biz/slack" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz/slack</a> if you didn’t already join the slack channel you’re missing out. We’re having a great time over there. Anthony: If you don’t know what we’re talking about listen to the one episode before this one. Ryan: Yeah. This episode minus one. Whatever that number turns out to be. Alright, get after it. Anthony: Get after it. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to <a href="http://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">healthfit.biz</a> and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post <a href="https://healthfit.biz/42-discovering-next-steps-business/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">42 – Discovering the Next Steps in Your Business</a> appeared first on <a href="https://healthfit.biz" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Health Fit Biz</a>.

42 – Discovering the Next Steps in Your Business

Business Community We can’t overemphasize the importance of having a business community; people to learn from, to help, and to help you when needed. We believe this needs to be a bigger resource for people that is easily available, which is why we have created a free business community channel on Slack. Click here for instructions on how to join. Enjoy this episode and we hope to have you join the HFB Community.   PODCAST TRANSCRIPT Ryan: I’m Dr. Ryan Debell. Welcome back to the Health Fit Business podcast. This is episode number 41 and it’s about business community and why when you’re in business for yourself, you need a business community. This is non episode to miss especially for those of you who are trying to build your own business. Community is essential and in this episode at the end, we have a challenge that we really hope you don’t pass up on this week because it’s about how we are helping build a business community. So, without further ado, let’s tune in to this episode and make sure to listen until the end so you can take us on the Challenge of the Week. Ryan: Welcome. Anthony: Welcome, welcome, welcome to another episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. Ryan: This is episode, I don’t know but…  Anthony: 24 I think. Ryan: I have a feeling for the, you know, whatever, six or seven people who listen to this, they’re saying “Oh my gosh! I was really scared. You guys didn’t post a podcast for two weeks.” Anthony: You didn’t post them? I thought you were posting them. I thought you said you’re going to record by yourself and post? Ryan: Well, things came up and I…  Anthony: Okay, I’ll take the fall here. Okay, everyone, I apologize. I think we’re double digits so I can count… Still underneath fingers and toes but above hands so you think we can get over 10? Over 20? Ryan: Yeah. I understand. Anthony: Anyway…  Ryan: You’ve been on quite the adventures recently which made it challenging for us to be able to record. What were you doing? Anthony: I apologize. I have… I was in Japan, working from there for a couple of weeks and then I got back and I was sick and jetlagged and got an office. I have been setting that up here in San Francisco and then with Austin, rebranded PureWOD into to Equip which has been process in itself. Training new hires is just, it’s been kind of everything that could be happening at once so I apologize. I’ll take the fall. Ryan: I was going to do, like a solo episode. Anthony: The subject would have been “Just Ryan talking” and everybody would have listen to it. Ryan: We would have almost hit 30 listeners for that episode. I just thought it wouldn’t be the same. How would I do the, how would I say, “Welcome to the Health. Fit…” and then nothing would happen for ten minutes and now I would just be the end. “Alright. That’s it. Now get after it.” Okay. So, it’s good to be back. Nothing happened. We just got busy with various crazy things. Anthony: Yeah. But thank you for the, I think there was maybe one person who said, “Can you guys please release an episode?”  Ryan: There was several emails and messages on the “Hey, where’s the thing?” So…  Anthony: Thank you, guys. Ryan: Yeah. We appreciate that. This episode…  Anthony: This episode is about, me running around like a crazy person. I went to Paleo Fx this last weekend, which is a big conference for all things kind of whole food-related, and wonder that… So, I was thinking about it for three straight years, having a booth. There’s a big vendor area and there’s a speaker area. The vendor area, one of the things that I realized is the importance of business community and helping each other. When something that most people want to start a business think that’s competitive endeavor, when creating a community is in working together is a much more effective way to approach things. And so, we’ll chat about that a little bit. Ryan: Yeah. So, at this conference, Paleo Fx. Wait, you say you were in Japan for like two and a half weeks or something like that? Anthony: Yeah. Two weeks. Ryan: And then you got back and you were back for like four days and then you went to Paleo Fx? Anthony: For like two days. Ryan: And weren’t you in Costa Rica for…  Anthony: I was in Panama, Puerto Rico before that for like two weeks after. Ryan: Oh Doctor! Anthony: And then in regionals in two days. Ryan: Where is it for you, guys? Anthony: San Diego. Ryan: Oh okay. Nice. Anthony: And then, hopefully we’ll be with each other in June 11th.  Ryan: Yes. We shall see in Minneapolis. For those of you listeners, if you’re in Minneapolis there’s going to be a Health Fit Biz talk at the… I think it’s Northwestern Health Sciences, the chiropractic school there. We’ll be doing a talk and hopefully the doctor, Anthony Gustin, will be joining me. Anthony: We’ll see. It’s hometown. Going to make it home. Ryan: We shall see. So, the importance of business community and you know so what else going to say about that was a Paleo Fx essentially, you said all the businesses there they do essentially like food based paleo. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: Food consumable…  Anthony: Food supplements. Lifestyle… Lifestyle stuff. Ryan: So, it’s like all the competitor brands within the Paleo world getting together like that would be an outsider’s perspective like how you’re spending the weekend next to the person who runs the business that you “compete with”. How does that work? Anthony: So, the way I kind of seen how the stuff is developed is there’s two ways you can think about things and I think we talked about this before but you can either have a scarcity mindset, thing is there’s not enough going around, or an abundance mindset where everybody can help each other and learn from each other and grow and grow in the market instead of trying to take all the pipe themselves. So, you are always going to have a few bad apples and like there’s a I could count if we are going to use the same counting system. Ryan: Fingers and toes. Anthony: On one hand out of, you know, many many many like dozens and dozens of companies. The ones that are supposed to have scarcity mindset where you can tell like… I mean, last year when we first started the HFT stuff and I was in CrossFit games and I was talking to “competitors” and trying to just…  Ryan: Yeah. I remember that. I was there with you and I’m watching you ask this companies pointed questions about the…  Anthony: You can tell quickly if somebody is like wants to be a competitor versus just wants to grow out the space. So, the mentality, and I talked about this before, my goal is to increase the availability of whole food supplements and ketone supplements for people. And so, if somebody else is doing that as well and getting the job done that helps me reach my goal. And so not only that, I mean if one company is doing well and doing great stuff it’s going to just increase the awareness of say ketone supplements or whole food products and everybody wins. So, you’ll find out quick who the people are that aren’t going to be contributing or looking at things as a competitive nature where they they are the only ones that people should be referring to. There are several times where I refer people to other supplements and other companies like people on it are awesome. There are companies that I really really admire. They’re I’ve sent several people their way for their MCT oil. Another company called Too Fit, it’s another supplement company almost like a direct competitor. We were talking about email marketing and how to pull triggers and a bunch of stuff. There’s a company called Caveman Coffee. Great people where it’s like, three years ago I learned how to do shipping from them and now we’re talking about doing website stuff this year. It’s becoming a several years process where everybody has been helping each other and seeing everybody else grow. And the importance that community of like feeling like you’re not the only one that doesn’t know what the hell you’re doing. It was like how I feel. Ryan: From an outsider’s perspective, you see a company and they appear to be doing well and it’s like you know the front stage so to speak looks really good but everyone’s backstage, people’s backstage can be messy. Anthony: Yeah. So, I learned a ton this weekend from other business owners and I also help a bunch of other business owners myself from what I’ve learned, trying to help them skip spots where I have problems in the past as well. And this is our very long-term thing that has been happening in like, this community of business owners is has been fantastic and it’s the mentality of having an abundance of a market to go around like 3% of people knew us, call us the Paleo diet. Ryan: It’s not a large percentage. Anthony: Let’s work on a 97% and so try to rip each other down. That’s what I’m trying to get here. Ryan: Yeah. Anthony: And so, I think that people can bring us back to, I mean obviously not everyone’s going to apply to go to an event and meet other company in that space but having like almost a local and do like, we talked about before mastermind groups, and there’s like that but thinking of other people in your space not as competitors but places where you can learn and help each other. I think it’s a much different way that people are used doing things. So, like for instance, if you’re a chiro and you have another person down the road instead of just obvious talking bad about them and kind of thinking about them as competitor there’s going to be something where you can refer to them and vice versa and working together to figure out how to do marketing your events and community building as can be much more effective way to grow your businesses. Also, you see, I have awesome time like I have a blast hanging out with all these people. Amazing. And so like would you rather have a good time grow the awareness of your business with other business owners or always try to worry and stress out about them taking some of your business? Ryan: Yeah. I would…  Anthony: Yeah. It’s a huge mentality thing. Ryan: So yeah, there’s no, to give another example on my end, there’s no really example of a Paleo Fx for what I do and, well, if there is I…  Anthony: Yeah. I mean, I think that’ll perform better some kind of like that but not…  Ryan: None in the same way but… So, for example,  Anthony: Why don’t we make one for Movement? Ryan: Yeah. We should do that, a Paleo Fx but for Movement. Let’s do that. Anthony: If anyone wants to do a seminar where companies going to be there and people speak about Movement that has experience at event planning…  Ryan: Why don’t we do that? Well, I guess today is the day that it started. Anthony: If anyone wants to do that or help us, we got enough time to plan an event but some people wants to help us out, please reach out. Let’s just do this.  Ryan: Yeah. That’s actually a great idea. To get to my, back to the example, so I’ll have people on my podcast who I think others would consider them my…  Anthony: Mortal enemies. Ryan: My mortal enemies or well, they do workshops too or they talk about a lot of the same things that you do. I’m like “Good. I could probably learn something from them and maybe they give me ideas of things that I’ve never thought and vice versa.” And then usually after I record podcast with “competitors”, we send each other emails and messages all the time of like “Hey, have you ever thought about doing this?” or “Have you ever thought about that?” “How are you approaching that?” or “How are you pushing this?” And it helps us both. It’s not like, well, if I’m nice to people or I’m helpful to somebody suddenly my business is going to fail. Right? It doesn’t work that way. Anthony: It’s awful…  Ryan: In fact, it makes you a happier person, generally. Being nice and working with other people, you know, we are, human beings are relational and so to think that you have to be an isolation with your business is really destructive. So, not only it will help you personally but it will help your business and those probably go hand and hand. If you’re happier and you’re working with people and you don’t feel like isolated and you feel like you do have people you could reach out to that will in turn help your business just because your mentality will be better. So, there are, as you said though, there’s just certain people or companies that don’t approach it that way and hopefully they at some point realize that…  Anthony: Just give the space and let them do their thing. So, don’t try to force it but find the people in whatever business you’re trying to do that are doing similar stuff and I would say reach out to them and if you respect their stuff like I use it as an example their product development is fantastic. Product development is one of my favorite thing. So, I try to make them, how they approach them and how they think about that is really interesting to me. And all super cool guys and gals, like it’s just, they know exactly what kind of products I’m doing that they’re not a direct competitor but they’re definitely our competition in some regard. 12:39 Ryan: Yeah. It’s in the same general world of products and solutions and things. So, we have an idea. I mean beyond the one that we had mid podcast. Anthony: Yeah. Ryan: We want to do something to help grow this larger community and get you know people helping people and changing the mindset from scarcity to abundance and how can we all grow and help each other to make the changes that we want to see. We were considering two options. One was the Facebook group for Health Fit Business. Anthony: Struck it down. Ryan: But you struck that down. Why? Anthony: Because I would never be on it. I have gone on Facebook maybe two times in the last six months and it was a check like ad stats probably from one of my pages. Facebook in my opinion is a giant distraction. They had set it up to get people to get in there and keep looking at bunch of stupid things so they can sell people ads. It’s great if you have a product you’re trying to do it for other people but as a person trying to get stuff done I do not think it’s a good platform to create groups and have it on it because it a pure distraction element. So, one of the tools that you use for business is Slack and so if you haven’t heard of that it’s kind of like a cross between a Facebook group and an email chain. And so, you can share a bunch of files and you can collaborate in a different kind of chat rooms or direct messages. And so, I think if this podcast is Health Fit Business and it’s a tool we use for business, why don’t we just teach people for free how to use Slack while building a community of all people who are listening to this podcast. So, we’re going to build a Slack channel as of today. Ryan: So yeah. You could think of a Slack channel, again if you are unfamiliar with Slack as being the main almost like chat room and then within a Slack channel there will be the hashtags. Are those called something different? Anthony: I don’t know. Rooms, chat… I don’t know what it is.  Ryan: There’s like…   Anthony: Yeah. You can segment streams of chat by topics for example. So, you can, when you’re in marketing or whatever you guys want, and then we can go on there and help answer questions and kind of grow and help each other learn as well as trying to grow on scale and do more impactful things. So, if you’re down to actually grow a business this is why we’re doing it on Slack and not Facebook because it is a tool you’re going to use anyways. Ryan: Yes. So, if you’re listening to this and you go “How the heck do I get started with the Slack channel?” Go to healthfit.biz/slack and at that link there will be instructions on how to join the Slack channel with screenshots and what it looks like and all that stuff so you can join. Now the more people that join and use it the more valuable it is for everybody. So, we highly encourage you, if you’re serious about building community and getting better and improving your skills go to the Movement Fix or… the Movement Fix? Anthony: How many times have you done that? Ryan: How many times do I said that, right? It’s just built into my brain patterns. Go to healthfit.biz/slack, S-L-A-C-K, and there will be instructions there and… Oh it’s free! Anthony: That’s free. We’re not going to be much charging you for anything. It’s not a subscription model, we’re just…  Ryan: Yeah. Pay us $49 a month to join our Slack channel like that’s not what we’re doing here. We just, I kind of want this for me too because it’s amazing how many ideas come from other people who just think about the world differently or have different life experiences or different previous business experiences that can bring a lot to the table so…  Anthony: Right. Chair full of knowledge. It’s helpful. Ryan: Yes. Yes. Anthony: So yeah. It’s called Slack because it means searchable log of all communication, did you know of that? Ryan: What? Anthony: Because you can search everything forever and you can upload files and files stay uploaded…  Ryan: That’s why it’s called Slack? Anthony: Yup. Ryan: I thought it was, I guess I didn’t really know. Anthony: Fun fact of the day. Ryan: Like Ryan slacking off and it’s much easier to store everything here.  Anthony: Nope. Searchable logs of all communications. Ryan: All… What’s the K? Anthony: I think they just kind of added and then to make it a real word. Ryan: Yeah. I like that better. I like it with the K. They made a good choice. Anthony: I agree. Anyway, we’ll have that up running hopefully before this gets launch to which, I mean it’s super easy to set up. So, we’re going to set that up. And what else? So, the COW would be the Challenge of the Week for you guys who are new to the podcast. Ryan: J up. Join up.  Anthony: Yup. Ryan: Go to the Health Fit…  go to the Slack channel. Join, say hello… Anthony: I have two challenges. Ryan: Oh. Anthony: Obviously, join the Slack channel, if you don’t do that bummer. Two, reach out to someone you otherwise think as a competitor and ask them a question that you’ve been having a problem with. Ryan: Ooh. Anthony: And then we’ll make a channel at Slack to see who does that and not. We should make a COW channel at Slack and we should post every week the COW and see who does it. We should also do a Daily Domination Journal…  Ryan: Yeah. yeah. Anthony: That is like “What are your top three promises of the day?” and then check on the day and see does it or not. Ryan: Alright. So, this is getting real.  Anthony: And send those people free shit or whatever.  Ryan: If you’re ready to go the next level here you got to get on Slack. That’s I mean that’s essentially the moral of story right now. I think I mean let’s do this. Let’s get after it. Anthony: Yup. Get after it guys. And gals. Ryan: Thank you guys for tuning in to this episode of the Health Fit Business podcast. If you found it helpful, please share with someone that you think it would also help and leave us a five-star rating on iTunes. Make sure also to go to healthfit.biz and sign up for the email notifications to which you can find right on the homepage so that you get all the updated podcasts and blog posts sent directly to you. Until then, we will see you next time. End. The post 41 – Business Community appeared first on Health Fit Biz.

41 – Business Community

The best podcast episodes about true crime. For any thrill seeking podcast listeners who just can't get enough of the captivating stories of murderers and criminals. This topic has all the best episodes from many different true crime podcasts.  Add episodes you're interested into your queue below!

Best True Crime Podcasts

The best self improvement podcast episodes. From improving productivity, to finding purpose in your life to what constitutes freedom, this topic is on anything and everything that can help people to improve their lives. Add episodes you're interested into your queue below!